Yamaha EZ-30 Handleiding

Merk: Yamaha

Model: EZ-30

Categorie: Digitale piano's

Type: Handleiding

Deze handleiding is ook geschikt voor

Owner's Manual

SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION

This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter).

DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other

than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically

recommended by Yamaha.

This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a

cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is

used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that

accompany the accessory product.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:

The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at

the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change

or modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to

update existing units.

This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and

headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels

that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long

periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is

uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the

ears, you should consult an audiologist.

IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period

before damage occurs.

NOTICE:

Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how

a function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed)

are not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore

the owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and

consult your dealer before requesting service.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:

Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and

environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and

the production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In

keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to

be aware of the following:

Battery Notice:

This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if

applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of

battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes

necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the

replacement.

This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these

may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a

rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery

being charged.

When installing batteries, do not mix batteries with new, or with

batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly.

Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and

battery case rupture.

Warning:

Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all

batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and

as regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer

of household type batteries in your area for battery disposal

information.

Disposal Notice:

Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some

reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all

local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of

products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is

unable to assist you, please contact Yamaha directly.

NAME PLATE LOCATION:

The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model

number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this

plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the

date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual

as a permanent record of your purchase.

Model

Serial No.

Purchase Date

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL

FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.)

1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT!

This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained

in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly

approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to

use the product.

2. IMPORTANT:

When connecting this product to accessories and/or

another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s

supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation

instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC

authorization to use this product in the USA.

3. NOTE:

This product has been tested and found to comply with the

requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital

devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable

level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential

environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic

devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not

installed and used according to the instructions found in the users

manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other

electronic devices. Compliance with FCC regulations does not

guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this

product is found to be the source of interference, which can be

determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to eliminate

the problem by using one of the following measures:

Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the

interference.

Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or

fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s.

In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If

the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-

axial type cable.

If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results,

please contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of

product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact

Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600

Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA90620

The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by

Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.

* This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA.

OBSERVERA!

Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) sá länge som

den ar ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har

stängts av.

ADVARSEL:

Netspæendingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt,

sálæenge netledningen siddr i en stikkontakt, som er t endt — ogsá

selvom der or slukket pá apparatets afbryder.

VAROITUS:

Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko

laitetta verkosta.

92-BP

(bottom)

(class B)

(standby)

PRECAUTIONS

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING

* Please keep this manual in a safe place for future reference.

WARNING

Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical shock, short-

circuiting, damages, ﬁre or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble the inter-

nal parts or modify them in any way. The instrument contains no

user-serviceable parts. If it should appear to be malfunctioning,

discontinue use immediately and have it inspected by qualiﬁed

Yamaha service personnel.

• Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in

damp or wet conditions, or place containers on it containing liq-

uids which might spill into any openings.

• If the AC adaptor cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if

there is a sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument, or

if any unusual smells or smoke should appear to be caused by it,

immediately turn off the power switch, disconnect the adaptor

plug from the outlet, and have the instrument inspected by quali-

ﬁed Yamaha service personnel.

• Use the speciﬁed adaptor (PA-5C or an equivalent recom-

mended by Yamaha) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in

damage to the instrument or overheating.

• Before cleaning the instrument, always remove the electric plug

from the outlet. Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet

hands.

• Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust

which may have accumulated on it.

CAUTION

Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage to the instru-

ment or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Do not place the AC adaptor cord near heat sources such as

heaters or radiators, and do not excessively bend or otherwise

damage the cord, place heavy objects on it, or place it in a posi-

tion where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over it.

• When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an out-

let, always hold the plug itself and not the cord.

• Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a mul-

tiple-connector. Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or

possibly cause overheating in the outlet.

• Unplug the AC power adaptor when not using the instrument, or

during electrical storms.

• Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with

the +/- polarity markings. Failure to do so might result in over-

heating, ﬁre, or battery ﬂuid leakage.

• Always replace all batteries at the same time. Do not use new

batteries together with old ones. Also, do not mix battery types,

such as alkaline batteries with manganese batteries, or batteries

from different makers, or different types of batteries from the

same maker, since this can cause overheating, ﬁre, or battery

ﬂuid leakage.

• Do not dispose of batteries in ﬁre.

• Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not intended to be

charged.

• When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used

for a long time, remove the batteries from the instrument to pre-

vent possible leakage of the battery ﬂuid.

• Keep batteries away from children.

• If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked ﬂuid. If the

battery ﬂuid should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or

skin, wash immediately with water and consult a doctor. Battery

ﬂuid is corrosive and may possibly cause loss of sight or chemi-

cal burns.

• Before connecting the instrument to other electronic compo-

nents, turn off the power for all components. Before turning the

power on or off for all components, set all volume levels to mini-

mum. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all components at their

minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while

playing the instrument to set the desired listening level.

• Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or

extreme cold or heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or

in a car during the day) to prevent the possibility of panel disﬁgu-

ration or damage to the internal components.

• Do not use the instrument near other electrical products such as

televisions, radios, or speakers, since this might cause interfer-

ence which can affect proper operation of the other products.

• Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it

might accidentally fall over.

• Before moving the instrument, remove all connected adaptor

and other cables.

• When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use

paint thinners, solvents, cleaning ﬂuids, or chemical-impreg-

nated wiping cloths. Also, do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber

objects on the instrument, since this might discolor the panel or

keyboard.

• Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instru-

ment, and do not use excessive force on the buttons, switches or

connectors.

• Use only the stand speciﬁed for the instrument. When attaching

the stand, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could

cause damage to the internal components or result in the instru-

ment falling over.

• Do not operate the instrument for a long period of time at a high

or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent

hearing loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the

ears, consult a physician.

• Playing while looking at the lights for a long period of time may

cause eye strain and stiff neck/shoulders. For your health and

comfort, we recommend that you take a ten-minute break for

every hour.

■

DATA BACK-UP AND STORAGE

• Yamaha recommends that you regularly save data using an

external device such as the ﬂoppy disk-based Yamaha MIDI data

ﬁler MDF3, and storing the ﬂoppy disks in a safe, cool, dry place.

YAMAHA CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCI-

DENTAL LOSS OF IMPORTANT MUSIC DATA! Regarding the

data you have created, as long as fresh batteries are inserted in

(or an AC power adaptor is connected to) the instrument, the

data will be retained, even when the power is turned off. It will

also be retained long enough to exchange an old set of batteries

for a new set. If you have important data in the instrument which

you don’t want to lose, please take care to keep fresh batteries

inserted in (or keep an AC power adaptor connected to) the

instrument, and to regularly save data.

Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused

by improper use or modiﬁcations to the instrument, or

data that is lost or destroyed.

Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use.

Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations.

(4)-7

Congratulations on your purchase of the Yamaha EZ-30 PortaTone!

You now own a portable keyboard that combines advanced func-

tions, great sound and exceptional ease-of-use in a highly compact

package. Its outstanding features also make it a remarkably expres-

sive and versatile instrument.

Read this Owner’s Manual carefully while playing your new EZ-30

in order to take full advantage of its various features.

Main Features

The EZ-30 is a sophisticated yet easy-to-use keyboard with the following features and

functions:

Yamaha Education Suite

The EZ-30 features the new Yamaha Education Suite - a set of learning tools that uti-

lize the latest technology to make studying and practicing music more fun and

fulfilling than ever before!

The Yamaha Education Suite includes:

●

Lesson ................................................................ page 34

The convenient and easy-to-use Lesson feature guides you through the parts

of a song - just like a patient teacher! Select from any one of 100 songs on

the EZ-30, and learn the left- and right-hand parts independently at first,

then together. Lesson features three easy steps that help you master each

song: Timing, Waiting and Minus One.

●

Grade & Talking ................................................ pages 37 and 38

The EZ-30 also has the Grade and Talking features. Grade is a virtual

“teacher,” evaluating your practice sessions and rating your performance.

The convenient Talking function “announces” each Lesson step and your

“grades,” among other things.

●

Dictionary .......................................................... page 58

Dictionary is a built-in “chord encyclopedia” that teaches you how to play

specific chords by showing you the appropriate notes in the display - per-

fect for when you know the name of a chord and want to quickly learn how

to play it!

●

Lighting ............................................................. page 32

When you are using the Lesson feature or Dictionary, the key indicators tell

you which keys to play. Also, during song playback, they show the keys

that are playing.

●

ABC/DoReMi...................................................... page 43

The EZ-30 sings the melody using “A, B, C...” or “DoReMi.” Also, while

you are using the Lesson function, the EZ-30 guides you by singing a note

ahead using “A, B, C” or “DoReMi.”

Portable Grand ................................. page 39

The EZ-30 also has a Portable Grand function for realistic piano perfor-

mance. Pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button instantly calls up the

stunningly authentic “Stereo Sampled Piano” voice and configures the

entire EZ-30 for optimum piano play. Special Pianist styles and songs - with

piano-only accompaniment - are also provided.

Flash Memory ............................................ page 71

The EZ-30, when connected to a personal computer, can load song data

(purchased via internet) into the internal flash memory. You can use this

song data along with the Lesson function. Also, the song data will be

retained, even when the AC power adaptor and batteries are removed from

the EZ-30.

Other powerful features include:

◆

61 keys with a

Touch Response

mechanism that enables you to express subtle

nuances through various playing techniques.

◆

A total of

610 various high-quality voices

(including 480 Expanded voices), with a

maximum polyphony of 32 voices.

◆

High-quality

Reverb, DSP, and Harmony effects

for enhancing the sound of the

voices - and your performance.

◆

106 auto accompaniment styles

, each with Intro, Main A and B, and Ending sec-

tions. An Auto Fill function adds dynamic fills when switching sections.

◆

Powerful, easy-to-use

song recording

operations, for recording and playing back up

to five of your original songs.

◆

Registration Memory

presets for storing all of the EZ-30’s panel settings to a single

button for instant and automatic recall.

◆

One Touch Setting

function for automatically calling up an appropriate voice to

match the style or song you select.

◆

Full MIDI and

General MIDI (GM) compatibility

, letting you easily integrate the EZ-

30 into a MIDI music system, and use the built-in Expanded voices with all GM

software.

* The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this owner’s manual are for instruc-

tional purposes only, and may be different from the ones on your instrument.

Contents

Setting Up .................................8

Power Requirements ................... 8

Using Headphones...................... 9

Connecting a Keyboard Amplifi-

er or Stereo System...................... 9

Using a Footswitch...................... 9

Using the MIDI Terminals ........... 9

Panel Controls and Terminals.10

Quick Guide........................12

Songs ........................................ 12

Playing the Demo Songs.............12

Playing a Single Song .................13

Lesson....................................... 14

Using the Lesson Feature............14

Voices ....................................... 16

Playing the Piano ........................16

Playing along with the Metro-

nome ...........................................16

Playing the ABC/DoReMi voices.17

Selecting and Playing Other

Voices ..........................................17

Auto Accompaniment .............. 18

Using the Auto Accompaniment 18

Looking up Chords in the Dic-

tionary.........................................20

Panel Display Indications........22

Selecting and Playing Songs...28

Listening To a Demo Song .........28

Selecting and Playing a Song .....28

Listening to a Flash Song............29

Switching the Tracks On and

Off ...............................................29

Melody Voice Change............... 30

Adjusting the Tempo ..................31

Tap Function............................. 31

Song Volume Level .....................32

Switching the Light Guide On

and Off ........................................32

Song Lesson.............................34

Using the Lesson Feature ........... 34

ABC/DoReMi Guide.................... 36

Grade .......................................... 37

Talking ........................................ 38

Portable Grand........................39

Using the Metronome................ 39

Setting a Tempo......................... 39

Setting the Time Signature of

the Metronome.......................... 40

Adjusting the Metronome Vol-

ume........................................... 40

Playing Voices .........................42

Selecting a Voice ........................ 42

Playing a Voice ........................... 42

One Touch Setting ..................... 43

Changing the Split Point............ 44

Transpose ................................... 45

Tuning ........................................ 46

Touch.......................................... 47

Touch Sensitivity ........................ 47

Effects......................................48

Reverb......................................... 48

DSP ............................................. 49

Harmony..................................... 50

Auto Accompaniment.............51

Selecting a Style ......................... 51

Starting Accompaniment ........... 52

Sync start................................... 52

Start........................................... 53

Tap start .................................... 53

Stopping the Accompaniment... 54

Changing the Tempo ................. 54

Using Auto Accompaniment—

Multi Fingering........................... 55

Single Finger Chords.................. 55

Fingered Chords ........................ 56

Looking up Chords in the dictio-

nary............................................. 58

Playing a Melody along with

the Accompaniment................... 61

Adjusting the Accompaniment

Volume......................................61

Changing the Accompaniment

Section........................................ 62

Intro...........................................62

Main..........................................62

Ending .......................................63

Registration Memory ............. 64

Recording a Registration Memo-

ry Preset...................................... 64

Recalling a Registration Memo-

ry Preset...................................... 65

Song Recording ...................... 66

Recording a User Song............... 66

Erasing a Song............................ 69

Song Clear................................. 69

Track Clear................................ 70

Loading a Song into Flash

Memory .................................. 71

Installing Song Filer.................... 71

Song Filer’s Functions................. 72

Octave......................................... 73

Available Flash Memory Amount74

Flash Clear .................................. 74

MIDI Functions........................ 75

What is MIDI? ............................. 75

Available MIDI Funcitons............ 77

Connecting to a Personal Com-

puter ........................................... 78

Local Control .............................. 79

Using Bulk Dump Send to Save

Data ............................................ 80

Transmitting the EZ-30 Panel

Settings (Initial Send) ................ 81

Transmitting SMF Format Data.. 82

Troubleshooting..................... 83

Data Backup & Initialization.. 84

Data Backup ................................84

Data Initialization .......................84

Voice List ................................ 85

Style List ................................. 90

Drum Kit List .......................... 91

Effect Type List....................... 96

MIDI Implementation Chart... 98

Specifications ....................... 102

Index..................................... 103

Setting Up

Although the EZ-30 will run either from an

optional AC adaptor or batteries, Yamaha

recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever

possible. An AC adaptor is more environmen-

tally friendly than batteries and does not

deplete resources.

■ Using an AC Power Adaptor

Use of an AC power adaptor is recom-

mended, especially when you use the

EZ-30 for a long period of time.

1 Make sure that the [STANDBY/ON]

switch of the EZ-30 is set to

STANDBY.

2 Connect one end of the adaptor to the

DC IN 10-12V jack on the rear panel

of your EZ-30.

3 Connect the other end to a suitable

electrical outlet.

WARNING

Use ONLY a Yamaha PA-5C AC Power Adap-

tor (or other adaptor specifically

recommended by Yamaha) to power your

instrument from the AC mains.

The use of other adaptors may result in irrepa-

rable damage to both the adaptor and the EZ-

30.

CAUTION

Unplug the AC Power Adaptor when not using

the EZ-30, or during electrical storms.

■ Using Batteries

1 Turn the instrument upside-down and

remove the battery compartment lid.

2 Insert six 1.5-volt “D” size, R20P

(LR20) or equivalent batteries as

shown in the illustration, making sure

that the positive and negative termi-

nals are properly aligned.

3 Replace the lid.

Replace the batteries before they

completely discharge. If the battery

voltage gets low, the volume level

may be reduced, sound integrity may

deteriorate, the display indicators

may disappear, or the stored data

may be deleted. If any of these events

occur, replace the battery, heeding

the cautions described below.

CAUTION

• Insert the batteries in the correct direction,

making sure that the positive and negative

terminals of the batteries match the label. If

the orientation does not match the label, the

batteries may generate heat, cause a fire, or

leak.

• Never mix old and new batteries or different

types of batteries (e.g., alkaline and

manganese).

• To prevent possible damage from battery

leakage, remove the batteries from the

instrument if it is not to be used for a long

time.

• Even when the switch is in the “STANDBY”

position, electricity is still flowing to the

instrument at the minimum level.

When you plan not to use the EZ-30 for a

long period of time, make sure you unplug

the AC power adaptor from the wall AC out-

let, and/or remove the batteries from the

instrument.

Power Requirements

outlet

PA-5C

BATTERIES 1.5 V x 6

For private practicing and playing without

disturbing others, connect a set of stereo

headphones to the rear panel PHONES/OUT-

PUT jack. Sound from the built-in speaker

system is automatically cut off when you

insert a headphone plug into this jack.

CAUTION

Do not use headphones for a long time at high

volume levels. Otherwise, you may damage

your hearing.

Though the EZ-30 is equipped with a built-in

speaker system, you can also play it through an

external amplifier/speaker system. First, make

sure the EZ-30 and any external devices are

turned off, then connect one end of a stereo

audio cable to the LINE IN or AUX IN jack(s) of

the other device and the other end to the rear

panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the EZ-30.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the speakers, set the vol-

ume of the external devices at the minimum

setting before connecting them. Failure to

observe these cautions may result in electric

shock or equipment damage. Also, be sure to

set the volumes of all devices at their mini-

mum levels and gradually raise the volume

controls while playing the instrument to set the

desired listening level.

This feature lets you use an optional foot-

switch (Yamaha FC4 or FC5) to sustain the

sound of the voices. The footswitch func-

tions the same way as a damper pedal on an

acoustic piano - press and hold down the

footswitch as you play the keyboard to sus-

tain the sound.

• Make sure that the footswitch plug

is properly connected to the SUS-

TAIN jack before you turn on the

power.

• Do not press the footswitch while

turning the power on. Doing this

changes the recognized polarity of

the footswitch, resulting in

reversed footswitch operation.

The EZ-30 also features MIDI terminals,

allowing you to interface the EZ-30 with

other MIDI instruments and devices. (For

more information, see page 78.)

• Special MIDI cables (sold sepa-

rately) must be used for connecting

to MIDI devices. They can be

bought at music stores, etc.

• Never use MIDI cables longer

than about 15 meters. Cables

longer than this can pick up noise

which can cause data errors.

Using Headphones

Connecting a Keyboard Ampli-

ﬁer or Stereo System

Using a Footswitch

Using the MIDI Terminals

Music Stand

Insert the bottom edge of the

included music stand into the

slot located at the top rear of

the EZ-30 control panel.

CDE F G H

Panel Controls and Terminals

Front Panel

1 Power switch ([STANDBY/ON])........... 22

2 [MASTER VOLUME] dial...................... 22

3 [DEMO] button.................................... 28

4 [TOUCH] button.................................. 47

5 [Dict.] (DICTIONARY) button .............. 58

6 LESSON [L] (Left) and [R] (Right) buttons34

7 Overall (left, right) buttons ................... 23

8 [TEMPO/TAP] button........................... 31

9 [PORTABLE GRAND] button ............... 39

0 [METRONOME] button........................ 39

A [ABC/DoReMi] button ......................... 43

B Numeric keypad, [+/YES] and [–/NO]

buttons................................................. 25

C [ACMP ON/OFF] / [GRADE ON/OFF]

button ............................................ 52, 37

D [REW] button ....................................... 29

E [SYNC STOP] / [FF] button............. 52, 29

F [SYNC START] / [LESSON 1] button52, 35

G [INTRO/ENDING] / [LESSON 2]

button ............................................ 62, 35

H [

MAIN/AUTO FILL] / [LESSON 3]

button

............................................... 62, 35

I [STYLE] button ..................................... 51

J [SONG] button .................................... 28

K [START/STOP] button .......................... 29

L [VOICE] button.................................... 42

M [RECORD] button ................................ 67

N SONG MEMORY buttons..................... 67

O REGISTRATION MEMORY buttons ...... 64

Rear Panel

P MIDI IN,OUT terminals ......................... 9

Q SUSTAIN jack ........................................ 9

R PHONES/OUTPUT jack......................... 9

S DC IN 10-12V jack ............................... 8

Q R

Quick

Guide

STEP

Songs

Playing the Demo Songs

Demo songs (001–100) showcase the sophisticated features and stun-

ning sound of the EZ-30. Let’s play the Demo songs now, starting with

001...

1 Press the [DEMO] button.

Demo song 001 starts playing. When the song is complete, the subsequent

songs (002, 003...) start playing sequentially.

If you have loaded songs into flash memory, they are the first to play.

2 Stop the Demo song.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 28.

If you do not wish to play the Demo songs when you press the [DEMO] button, turn

on the power to the EZ-30 while pressing and holding down the [DEMO] button. To

activate the Demo playback function, turn on the power to the EZ-30 in the normal

manner.

212

Quick Guide

Playing a Single Song

Naturally, you can also individually select and play back any of the EZ-

30’s songs (Songs 001–100 and songs in flash memory). Also, simply by

pressing the [START/STOP] button, you can start playback.

1 Start the song.

When the power of the EZ-30 is turned on, the song of “003: Linus And Lucy”

is selected. For instructions on selecting songs, See page 28.

2 Stop the song.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 28.

[Song List]

No. Song Name

Favorite

1 Mission:Impossible

2 Beauty And The Beast

3 Linus And Lucy

4 Can You Feel The Love Tonight

5Celebration

6 Unchained Melody

7 A Whole New World

8 Chopsticks

9 Georgia On My Mind

Don't Let The Sun Go Down

On Me

11 Rhapsody In Blue

Bill Bailey (Won't You Please

Come Home)

13 When Irish Eyes Are Smiling

14 Down By The Riverside

15 Fascination

16 America The Beautiful

17 Take Me Out To The Ball Game

When The Saints Go Marchin'

Tain't Nobody's Business If I

20 Happy Birthday To You

World/Classic

21 Little Brown Jug

22 Loch Lomond

23 Oh! Susanna

24 Greensleeves

Aura Lee

26 Londonderry Air

27 Ring De Banjo

28 Wenn Ich Ein Vöglein Wär ?

29 Die Lorelei

30 Funiculi-Funicula

31 Turkey In The Straw

32 Old Folks At Home

33 Silent Night

34 Jingle Bells

35 Muss I Denn

36 Liebesträume Nr.3

37 Jesu, Joy Of Man's Desiring

38 Symphonie Nr.9

39 Song Of The Pearl Fisher

40 Gavotte

String Quartet No.17 2nd Mov.

"Serenade"

42 Menuett

43 Canon

44 The Danube Waves

45 From "The Magic Flute"

Piano Sonate Op.27-2

"Mondschein"

47 "The Surprise"Symphony

48 To A Wild Rose

49 Air de Toréador"Carmen"

O Mio Babbino Caro (From

"Gianni Schicchi")

51 Im Mai (DUET)

No. Song Name

O Christmas Tree (DUET)

Mary Had A Little Lamb

(DUET)

54 Ten Little Indians (DUET)

55 Pop Goes The Weasel (DUET)

56 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star

Twinkle Twinkle Little Star

(DUET)

Close Your Hands, Open Your

Hands

Close Your Hands, Open Your

Hands (DUET)

60 The Cuckoo

61 The Cuckoo (DUET)

62 O Du Lieber Augustin

63 O Du Lieber Augustin (DUET)

64 London Bridge

65 London Bridge (DUET)

66 American Patrol

67 Beautiful Dreamer

68 Battle Hymn Of The Republic

69 Home Sweet Home

Valse Des Fleurs (From"The

Nutcracker")

71 Aloha Oe

I've Been Working On The

Railroad

73 My Darling Clementine

74 Auld Lang Syne

75 Grandfather's Clock

76 Amazing Grace

No. Song Name

My Bonnie

78 Yankee Doodle

79 Joy To The World

80 Ave Maria

Pianist

Dolly's Dreaming And

Awakening

82 La Candeur

83 Arabesque

84 Pastorale

85 Petite Réunion

86 Innocence

87 Progrès

88 Tarentelle

89 La Chevaleresque

Etude Op.10-3 "Chanson De

L'adieu"

91 Marcia Alla Turca

92 Turkish March

93 Valse Op.64-1 "Peiti Chien"

94 Menuett

95 Nocturne Op.9-2

96 Moments Musicaux Op.94-3

97 The Entertainer

Prelude (Wohltemperierte

Klavier 1-1)

99 La Viollette

100 Für Elise

No. Song Name

Quick

Guide

STEP

Lesson

Using the Lesson Feature

Songs 001 to 100 are specially designed for use with the educational

Lesson feature. Let’s start the practice, following the light.

1 Select Timing, Waiting, or Minus One, and start the lesson.

When the power of the EZ-30 is turned on, the song of ”003: Linus And Lucy”

and the right-hand part are selected.

Lesson 1: Timing

This step lets you work on the timing of the notes. In Lesson 1, the particular

note you play on the keyboard is unimportant. The EZ-30 checks your timing

and how rhythmically “tight” your playing is.

Lesson 2: Waiting

In Lesson 2, you practice playing the notes correctly as they appear in the dis-

play notation. The accompaniment pauses and waits for you to play the notes

correctly before it continues.

Lesson 3: Minus One

In Lesson 3, you practice playing correct notes, along with the accompani-

ment. The accompaniment continues playing in tempo.

2 When you’re finished, stop the Lesson.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 34.

The EZ-30 has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing and

- like a real teacher - tells you how well you did each practice. Four grades are

assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,” “Good,” “Very

Good,” and “Excellent.”

❋ Want to find out more? See page 37.

This feature “talks” to you through the speakers, “announcing” the Grade com-

ments as well as the titles of the Lesson steps.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 38.

Grade

Talking

Quick

Guide

STEP

Voices

Playing the Piano

Simply by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, you can automati-

cally reset the entire EZ-30 for piano play.

1 Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button.

The song and style are also set for piano performance.

2 Play the keyboard.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 39.

Playing along with the Metronome

1 Press the [METRONOME] button.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 39.

21 1

Playing the ABC/DoReMi voices

1 Press the [ABC/DoReMi] button.

The ABC voice is selected. To select the DoReMi voice, press the [ABC/

DoReMi] again.

2 Play the keyboard.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 43.

Selecting and Playing Other Voices

The EZ-30 has a huge total of 610 dynamic and realistic instrument

voices. Let’s try a few of them out now...

1 Press the [VOICE] button.

2 Select a voice.

3 Play the keyboard.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 42.

ABC

DoReMi

Off

Quick

Guide

STEP

Auto Accompaniment

Using the Auto Accompaniment

Simply play chords with your left hand - and the EZ-30 automatically

produces appropriate bass, chord and rhythm backing. Use your right

hand to play melodies, and you’ll sound like an entire band!

For more information on playing proper

chords for the auto accompaniment, see

“Using Auto Accompaniment - Multi Finger-

ing” on page 55 and “Looking up Chords in

the dictionary” on page 58.

1 Press the [STYLE] button.

2 Select a style.

Refer to the Style List on page 90.

7134

Left hand + Right hand

Auto accompaniment

(for example, bass + guitar + drums)

Melody

Accompaniment

key range

3 Turn the auto accompani-

ment on.

4 Turn the Sync Start func-

tion on.

5 Play a chord with your left

hand.

The auto accompaniment starts as

soon as you play the keyboard.

❋ Want to find out more? See

page 55.

6 Select a section.

The auto accompaniment has four

sections: Intro, Main A/B, and

Ending.

7 Stop the auto

accompaniment.

❋ Want to find out more? See

page 51.

Quick

Guide

STEP

Auto Accompaniment

Continuation

Looking up Chords in the Dictionary

The convenient Dictionary function teaches you how to play chords by

showing you the individual notes. In the example below, we’ll learn

how to play a GM7 chord...

1 Press the [Dict.] button.

Keys for entering

the chord type

(C3–B4)

Keys for entering

the chord root

(C5–B5)

Chord detection

key range

(C1–B2)

G M7

Root note Chord type

Example:

2 Specify the root note of the chord (in this case, G).

3 Specify the chord type of the chord (in this case, M7).

4 Play the chord by pressing the keys lighted up.

The chord name flashes and a ”congratulations” melody is played, when the

chord is played properly.

5 To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button

again.

❋ Want to find out more? See page 58.

Power on

Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn

on the power to the EZ-30. Press the

[STANDBY/ON] switch again to turn off

the power.

Adjusting the

volume level

Rotate the [MASTER VOLUME]

dial.

Rotating the dial

counter-clock-

wise lowers the

volume level.

Rotating the

dial clockwise

raises the

volume level.

Even when the [STANDBY/ON] switch is in the

“STANDBY” position, electricity still flows

through the instrument at the minimum level.

When you plan not to use the EZ-30 for a long

period of time, make sure you unplug the AC

power adaptor from the wall AC outlet, and/or

remove the batteries from the instrument.

Panel Display Indications

Overall indicator

Overall (left)

LIGHT

ABC/DoReMi

REVERB

DSP

HARMONY

TALKING

Symbol for pressing and

holding down the button

If you press and hold down a button

with this symbol for more than one

second, a different function will be

activated.

Pressing and

holding down

Changing the value

Adjusting the tempo

Use the numeric keypad [0]–[9], [+],

or [–] buttons to change the value.

Song and accompaniment tempo can

be adjusted (page 31).

Pressing

the button

once incre-

ments the

value by

one.

Pressing

the button

once decre-

ments the

value by

one.

Pressing and holding down the button incre-

ments/decrements the value continuously.

For some functions, pressing these buttons

simultaneously restores the default setting.

Overall (L, R) indicator

The left and right Overall buttons enable you to make

EZ-30’s global settings.

If you press the left or right Overall button

located in the upper-left and upper-right of

the display, a menu icon advances and the

top row in the display indicates the current-

ly-selected “setting item” and “value.” When

you press the left or right Overall button

again, the menu icon advances to the next

setting item.

E.g., Transpose setting

Overall (right)

OCTAVE

TRANSPOSE

TUNING

ACMP/SONG VOLUME

METRONOME VOLUME

MIDI

61, 32

74, 79

Menu iconSetting itemValue

Panel Display Indications

[Song→Voice]

Select a voice using the numeric keypad.

Selecting a function

• Pressing the [STYLE], [VOICE], or [SONG] button enables you to select one of EZ-30’s basic

functions. (The icon of the selected function appears.)

Song

Selects a song for

playback or practice.

Style

Select a style for

accompaniment.

Voice

Selects a voice to play

on the keyboard.

• If you select a song or accompaniment, then select a voice, the EZ-30 indicates the following:

Press the [START/STOP] button to start

the song.

Press the [START/STOP] button to start

the accompaniment.

[Style→Voice]

Select a voice using the numeric keypad.

Numeric keypad

Name & number indication

(Song/Style/Voice)

Song number

Song name

E.g., Selecting a song

The top row of the display indicates the name

and number of the currently-selected function.

Selecting a number

• To increment or decrement the number,

use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] button.

• To select the number directly, use the

numeric keypad [0]–[9].

For example, to select Voice #005: HnkyTonk,

press [0], [0], then [5] on the numeric keypad.

If the first digit is “0,” you can skip pressing

[0]. If the first and second digits are both “0,”

you can also skip pressing [0] twice.

Pressing the

button once

increments the

number by one.

Pressing the

button once

decrements the

number by one.

Pressing and holding down the button

increments/decrements the number

continuously. Pressing both buttons

simultaneously resets the number.

Panel Display Indications

Touch indicator

Harmony indicator

This appears when the Touch function is

turned on.

This appears when the Harmony effect is

turned on.

Sync Stop indicator

This appears when the Sync Stop

function is turned on.

ABC/DoReMi

indicators

These show the guide

voice setting(“ABC” or

“DoReMi”) for the

Lesson function.

Accompaniment On indicator

This appears when the auto

accompaniment has been turned on.

Low battery indicator

This appears when the battery voltage

is getting low.

Song track ON/OFF indicators

Song track DATA indicators

Song track GUIDE indicators

A frame appears around the number of a track

that uses the right-hand/left-hand guide function.

They indicates the current playback tracks.

They light up when the corresponding tracks are

turned on.

Notation display

When you are using the Lesson function, the notation display

indicates the song melody or chord notation. When you are

using the Dictionary function, it indicates the notes that make

up the chord. Other than that, it usually indicates the notes

you played.

• If a note is too high or too low to be notated within the

score, a note that is one octave lower or higher will be

indicated on the score, along with “8va” at the top or

bottom of the score.

• Due to the limitation of the screen, some notes in a

chord may not be displayed.

Measure indicator

Beat indicators

The measure numbers of a song or

accompaniment are displayed. If

you select a free-tempo song, “F t”

appears.

Four arrows flash to indicate the

beat of a song or accompaniment.

Octave indicator

Chord indicator

Fingering guide

During the Lesson, this guide suggests a

fingering for playing the song.

This indicator indicates the name of the

currently-played chord or a chord you play on

the keyboard.

While a Flash song is being played, this

indicator appears if the key range of the notes

being played is higher (or lower) than the EZ-

30’s keyboard range.

These indicators are displayed when the

playback pitch is raised (or lowered) by an

octave or two (page 73).

Beat indicators

Selecting and Playing Songs

The EZ-30 has 100 preset songs. Try playing these songs or

songs loaded into flash memory.

Use the Song Memory function to record your own perfor-

mance. (See page 66.)

Listening To a Demo Song

Press the [DEMO] button.

Songs from #1 to #100 will be played sequentially.

If you select a song after another song has started playing, the EZ-30 will sequentially

play songs in the category (e.g., Pianist etc. See page 13.) that contains the selected song.

• Turning the power on while pressing and holding down the [DEMO] button will

disable the Demo song playback function. To enable the Demo song playback,

turn the power on in the normal manner.

• If a song (or songs) has been loaded into flash memory, the Flash song(s) starts

playing first.

Press the [START/STOP] button or the [DEMO] button to stop Demo playback.

Selecting and Playing a Song

Press the [SONG] button.

Select the desired song number.

Use the numeric keypad or the [+]/[–] buttons (page

25).

* The maximum song number differs depending

on the amount of available flash memory.

001–100 ...................... Preset Songs

101–(199)* .................. Flash Songs

201–205 ...................... User Songs

Indicates Song

mode is selected

Measure

number

Song

number

Song

name

Indicates Song

mode is selected

Song

number

Song

name

Start and stop the song playback.

Press the [

START/STOP

] button to start song playback.

You can play the keyboard along with the playback.

Press the [

START/STOP

] button to stop song playback.

The playback will repeat until you press the [

START/STOP

] button.

Listening to a Flash Song

The EZ-30 can play a song loaded into its internal flash memory. To do this, you need

to connect the EZ-30 to a personal computer, and use “Song Filer” application pro-

gram on the computer to transmit a song.

For more information on Flash songs and Song Filer, refer to page 71.

Switching the Tracks On and Off

Each song contains 16 tracks (1–16).

You can switch tracks 1–5 on and off using the

SONG MEMORY

[

]–[

] buttons

respectively, and switch tracks 6–16 on and off altogether using the [

] button.

This is useful when you practice playing a certain track by switching that track off (the

track sound will be muted).

A song contains the following tracks:

• Tracks [1]–[5]

...........Each track can be switched on and off individually.

• Tracks [6]–[16]

.........Tracks 6–16 can be switched on and off altogether.

Other controls

[FF] button

.................. Pressing this button during playback will fast

forward the song.

Pressing this button while playback is stopped

will increment the measure number.

[REW] button

.............. Press this button during playback will rewind

the song. (No sound will be heard at this time.)

Pressing this button while playback is stopped

will decrement the measure number.

ON/OFF indicator is lit. The corresponding track is played.

(The track contains data.)

The corresponding track is muted

(no sound will be heard), or the

track contains no data.

ON/OFF indicator is off.

Selecting and Playing Songs

You can change the voice of a song melody to the desired one during song playback.

Select the desired voice.

Press the [

VOICE

] button, then use the numeric keypad or [

]/[

–

] buttons to select

the desired voice.

Press and hold down the [

VOICE

] button for at least one second.

“MELODY VOICE CHANGE” appears in the display, indicating that the selected

voice has replaced the song’s original melody voice.

Melody Voice Change

Adjusting the Tempo

Song and accompaniment tempo can be adjusted in the range of q = 32–280 (the num-

ber of quarter notes per minute).

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to change the

tempo value.

You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing

both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (When Tempo is

selected).

You can set your own tempo intuitively.

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times for a four-beat song and three times for a

three-beat song at a tempo at which you would like to play.

The Tap function is also available during song playback.

About beat indicators

During performance, the arrows flash sequentially in tempo.

About free tempo

Some songs utilize a tempo that does not synchronize with or match the timing of the

measures and beats as a way of enriching musical expression.

During the playback of such songs, the measure indicator indicates “Ft.”

Also, depending on the song, the beat indicators may not flash.

Tap Function

First beat

of measure

Second

beat

Third

beat

Fourth

beat

Selecting and Playing Songs

Song Volume Level

Adjust the song volume to balance with the level of the keyboard performance.

Press the right Overall button repeatedly until “SONG VOL”

appears in the display.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the song

volume (000–127).

• You can instantly restore the default setting of “100” by pressing both [+]/[–] but-

tons simultaneously (When Song Volume is selected).

• You can set the volume level of the selected song.

Switching the Light Guide On and Off

You can switch the Light Guide on the keyboard on or off.

The Light Guide can be used as a keyboard guide during song playback or while you

are using the Lesson or the Dictionary function.

Press the left Overall button to select “LIGHT.”

Current song

volume

Press the [+] or [–] button to turn the Light Guide on or off.

CAUTION

Playing while looking at the lights for a long period of time may cause eye strain and stiff neck/

shoulders. For your health and comfort, we recommend that you take a ten-minute break for

every hour.

Song Lesson

You can practice playing a song selected from Lesson songs

#001–100 and songs in flash memory.

Using the Lesson Feature

Select one of the Lesson songs.

Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to

select the desired song.

Select the part you wish to work on (left, right or both.)

If you want to work on the right-hand part, press the [R] button; to work on

the left, press the [L] button. Press the [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously to

work with both hands.

The icon of the selected hand(s) appears.

Track indicators

A lesson track(s) will be indicated by a frame around the GUIDE track number.

If a flash song is selected, you can change the track that guides your right- and left-

hand part (See page 73).

Start the Lesson.

When you press one of the LESSON [1]–[3] buttons, the Lesson song starts.

The display indicates the notes to play and the Light Guide shows you which

key to play.

• In Lesson 2, the rhythm part is muted.

• If the Talking function is turned on, the EZ-30 announces the Lesson number.

• To exit from the Lesson, press the corresponding LESSON button.

Press the [START/STOP] button to stop the Lesson.

The EZ-30 exits from the Lesson feature automatically when the [START/

STOP] button is pressed.

Types of Lesson

Press one of the following buttons to select and start a type of Lesson.

Lesson 1: Timing ......... This lesson step lets you practice just the timing

of the notes - any note can be used. The mel-

ody does not sound unless you play in rhythm.

Lesson 2: Waiting........ In this lesson step, the EZ-30 waits for you to

play the correct notes before continuing play-

back of the song. When you play the correct

note, the next note to play is indicated. Also,

the EZ-30 can sing the next note to play using

“A, B, C...” or “Do, Re, Mi...” (page 36).

Lesson 3: Minus One... This lesson step lets you practice playing the

correct notes along with the accompaniment.

All parts except for the part you are practicing

will be played in tempo like a “karaoke”.

Song Lesson

ABC/DoReMi Guide

When the ABC/DoReMi Guide is activated, the EZ-30 sings the next note to play using

“A, B, C...” or “Do, Re, Mi...” in Lesson 2.

For instruction on changing the guide voice (ABC or DoReMi), see page 43.

Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “ABC/

DoReMi.”

Press the [+] or [–] button to turn the ABC/DoReMi Guide

on or off.

Grade

The Lesson feature has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing of

the Lesson songs, and just like a real teacher, it tells you how well you did each prac-

tice. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,” “Good,”

“Very Good,” and “Excellent.” When the Talking function (page 38) is on, the EZ-30

also “announces” your grade.

Press the [GRADE ON/OFF] button to turn the Grade on or

off.

The EZ-30 tells you your grade via the LCD, Light Guide, and the Talking function.

After displaying your grade, the EZ-30 resumes the Lesson.

Song Lesson

Talking

This feature “talks” to you through the speakers, “announcing” the Grade comments as

well as the titles of the Lesson steps and the names of certain functions.

Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select

“TALKING”.

Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Talking to on or off.

The Talking function includes the following

“announcements”:

[Dictionary]

[LESSON 1–3]

[Try Again]

[Good]

[Very Good]

[Excellent]

Talking off Talking on

Portable Grand

You can practice playing “a real piano,” by pressing the [

POR-

TABLE GRAND

] button.

When you press the [

PORTABLE GRAND

] button, the EZ-30 configures all the settings

for piano performance.

The song and style category “PIANIST” (automatically selected with the settings

described above) includes the songs and styles that are suitable for the piano

performance.

The “PIANIST” styles are played without any rhythm sound.

Using the Metronome

Press the [

METRONOME

] button to play the Metronome in tempo with the accompa-

niment. You can use this feature for your piano practice.

A chime sounds at every first beat of the measures.

To turn the Metronome off, press the [

METRONOME

] button again.

To change the tempo, press the [

TEMPO/TAP

] button and use the numeric keypad or

[

]/[

–

] buttons to change the value. (See page 31.)

To restore the default Metronome Tempo value, press both [

]/[

–

] buttons simulta-

neously (when Metronome Tempo is selected).

The EZ-30 configures the following settings when

you press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button:

Voice........................... 001 Grand Piano

Style ............................ 097 Stride

Song ............................ 081 Dolly’s Dreaming And

Awakening

Touch .......................... On

One touch setting ........ On

Harmony ..................... Off

Split point .................... 054

Setting a Tempo

Portable Grand

You can set the time signature of the Metronome while the rhythm part is stopped.

Press and hold down the [METRONOME] button for more than one second to display

the Metronome time signature setting, and use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to

change the time signature value.

When you select another style or song, the time signature of the Metronome also

changes to that of the selected style or song.

You can adjust the volume of the Metronome sound independently of the other EZ-30

sounds. The volume range is 000–127.

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “METRONOME VOLUME”.

Setting the Time Signature of the Metronome

Numeric

keypad

Time signature

0 – (A chime does not sound.)

1 1/4 (A chime sounds on every beat.)

2 2/4

3 3/4

4 4/4

5 5/4

6 6/4

7 7/4

8 8/4

9 9/4

10 10/4

11 11/4

12 12/4

13 13/4

14 14/4

15 15/4

Adjusting the Metronome Volume

Current Metronome Volume value

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Metronome Volume

value.

To restore the default Metronome Volume value (100), press both [+]/[–] buttons

simultaneously (when Metronome Volume is selected in the Overall menu).

Playing Voices

Selecting a Voice

The EZ-30 features high-quality voices that use an advanced technology AWM

(Advanced Wave Memory) tone generator. (See page 85.)

• Voices ...................... 1–116 (116 voices), 117–128 (drum kit), 609 (ABC (Oboe)

voice), 610 (DoReMi (Oboe) voice)

• Expanded Voices ...... 129–608 (480 voices)

Some voices include the following effects.

Split voice (107–116)

One voice is assigned to the right side of the split point on the keyboard, and

another voice is assigned to the left side.

Drum kit (117–128)

Playing different keys on the keyboard produces different drum sounds.

ABC (Oboe) voice (609), DoReMi (Oboe) voice (610)

When you play the keyboard, the EZ-30 “sings” the corresponding notes using

ABC or DoReMi. If the Transpose value is adjusted (other than “00”), they sound

using Oboe voice.

Playing a Voice

Press the [VOICE] button.

Select the desired voice number.

Use the numeric keypad to directly enter the voice number, or use the [+]/[–]

buttons to step up and down through the voices (page 25).

Voice

number

Indicates Voice mode

is selected

Voice

name

Play the selected voice.

Try playing different voices.

When you select a voice, a DSP type most appropriate for the voice will be

selected automatically.

One Touch Setting

This special “voice” is actually a convenient feature which automatically selects a suit-

able voice for you when you select a style. The voice is selected to best match the style

or song you’ve called up.

Press the [VOICE] button.

The name of the current voice appears.

Selecting the ABC or DoReMi voice

Simply by pressing the [ABC/DoReMi] button, you can select the ABC (Oboe) voice

(#609) or DoReMi (Oboe) voice (#610). The setting is also valid for the guide voice

for the Lesson function (page 36).

1. Press the [ABC/DoReMi] button repeatedly to select the ABC or DoRemi voice.

Pressing the [ABC/DoReMi] button toggle among ABC voice, DoReMi voice and

Guide Off.

ABC voice

DoReMi voice

Guide Off

Playing Voices

Press the numeric keypad [0] or [+]/[–] buttons to select the

voice number “000.”

This turns on the One Touch Setting.

Changing the Split Point

Pressing and holding down the [ACMP ON/OFF] button for more than one second

enables you to change the split point. If you have already selected a split voice, you

can play a different voice on the right and left sides of the split point on the keyboard.

To restore the default setting of “54F#2,” press both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to change the split point.

“54F#2” means that the left side of the keyboard ranges up to F#2.

Split point for auto accompaniment

The split point for the auto accompaniment (the border between the melody key

range and the accompaniment key range) is the same as that for the split voices.

Current split point setting

Current split point

54F#2

Transpose

Transpose determines the key of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompani-

ment of the selected style. The Transpose settings can be adjusted over a range of ±12

semitones (±1 octave).

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select

“TRANSPOSE”.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the

desired Transpose value (–12 – +12).

To transpose the pitch down, simultaneously press and hold the [

–

] button,

and use the numeric keypad to type in the (negative) value.

• You can instantly restore the default setting of “00” by pressing both [

]/[

–

] but-

tons simultaneously (when Transpose is selected).

• The Transpose function has no effect on the Drum Kits voices (#117–#128).

• If the Transpose value is adjusted (other than “00”), the ABC and DoReMi voices

sound using Oboe voice.

Current Transpose value

Playing Voices

Tuning

Tuning determines the fine pitch setting of both the main voice and the bass/chord

accompaniment of the selected style. The Tuning settings can be adjusted over a range

of ±100 (approx. ±1 semitone).

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select

“TUNING”.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the

desired Tuning value (–100 – +100).

To tune the pitch down, simultaneously press and hold the [

–

] button, and

use the numeric keypad to type in the (negative) value.

• You can instantly restore the default setting of “000” by pressing both [

]/[

–

] but-

tons simultaneously (when Tuning is selected).

• The Tuning settings have no effect on the Drum Kit voices (#117–#128).

Current Tuning value

Touch

The Touch function gives you dynamic, expressive control over the voices, letting you

determine how loud or soft the sound is by your playing strength.

Turn the Touch function on or off as desired by pressing the [TOUCH] button.

Touch Sensitivity

Touch Sensitivity lets you set how the EZ-30 responds to your playing strength, allow-

ing you to customize this expressive function to suit your own playing style.

The higher the Touch Sensitivity setting, the more the sound volume changes in propor-

tion to how strongly you play the keys.

Select the Touch Sensitivity control.

Press and hold the [TOUCH] button for more than one second to display the

Touch Sensitivity setting.

Change the value.

Use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired setting: 1, 2, or 3.

Settings:

The default Touch Sensitivity is 2.

1 (Soft) This results in limited touch response, and produces a rel-

atively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or

strongly you play the keys.

2 (Medium) This lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to

loud).

3 (Hard) This is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you

slightly more detailed control in the soft volume range.

Indicates Touch function is turned on.

Current Touch Sensitivity setting

Effects

Reverb

Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “Reverb,” and use the numeric keypad

or the [+]/[–] buttons to select a Reverb type.

Selecting “9” turns the Reverb off.

[Reverb Type List]

No. Reverb Type

• Each style of the EZ-30 has its own indepen-

dent Reverb setting.

• You can instantly restore the default setting

by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simulta-

neously (when Reverb is selected).

1 Hall 1

2 Hall 2

3 Room 1

4 Room 2

5 Stage 1

6 Stage 2

7 Plate 1

8 Plate 2

9 Off

Current Reverb type

DSP

Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “DSP,” and use the numeric keypad or

the [+]/[–] buttons to select a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) type.

Selecting “39” turns the DSP off.

[DSP Type List]

• Each voice of the EZ-30 has its own independent DSP setting.

• You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons

simultaneously (when DSP is selected).

No. DSP Type No. DSP Type

1 Hall 1 21 Tremolo 1

2 Hall 2 22 Tremolo 2

3 Room 1 23 Guitar Tremolo

4 Room 2 24 Auto Pan

5 Stage 1 25 Auto Wah

6 Stage 2 26 Delay Left - Center - Right

7 Plate 1 27 Delay Left - Right

8 Plate 2 28 Echo

9 Early Reﬂection 1 29 Cross Delay

10 Early Reﬂection 2 30 Karaoke

11 Gate Reverb 31 Distortion Hard

12 Reverse Gate 32 Distortion Soft

13 Chorus 1 33 Overdrive

14 Chorus 2 34 Amp Simulation

15 Flanger 1 35 EQ Disco

16 Flanger 2 36 EQ Telephone

17 Symphonic 37 3Band EQ

18 Phaser 38 2Band EQ

19 Rotary Speaker 1 39 No Effect

20 Rotary Speaker 2

Current DSP type

Effects

Harmony

The Harmony section features a variety of performance effects that enhance the melo-

dies you play when using the accompaniment styles of the EZ-30.

Some Harmony types add harmony to a chord detected in the left-hand key range

(accompaniment key range).

Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “Harmony,” and use the numeric key-

pad or the [+]/[–] buttons to select a Harmony type.

Selecting “27” turns the Harmony section off.

[Harmony Type List]

• Harmony types 1–5 add harmony that matches the accompaniment chords.

• The speed of the Trill, Tremolo, and Echo effects depends on the Tempo setting.

• For more information on Harmony Types, see page 97.

• Harmony is added to only one note. If you play multiple keys, harmony notes are

added based on the highest note or the last note you played.

• The Harmony function is disabled when you use the Dictionary function or the

Lesson function.

• You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons

simultaneously (when Harmony is selected).

No. Harmony Type No. Harmony Type

1 Duet 15 Tremolo 1/8 note

2 Trio 16 Tremolo 1/12 note

3 Block 17 Tremolo 1/16 note

4 Country 18 Tremolo 1/24 note

5 Octave 19 Tremolo 1/32 note

6 Trill 1/4 note 20 Echo 1/4 note

7 Trill 1/6 note 21 Echo 1/6 note

8 Trill 1/8 note 22 Echo 1/8 note

9 Trill 1/12 note 23 Echo 1/12 note

10 Trill 1/16 note 24 Echo 1/16 note

11 Trill 1/24 note 25 Echo 1/24 note

12 Trill 1/32 note 26 Echo 1/32 note

13 Tremolo 1/4 note 27 Off

14 Tremolo 1/6 note

Auto Accompaniment

The EZ-30 provides dynamic rhythm/accompaniment patterns - as well as voice set-

tings appropriate for each pattern - for various popular music styles. A total of 106

different styles are available, in several different categories.

With the auto accompaniment function, the EZ-30 auto-

matically plays accompaniment parts (bass sound and

chords) that match the selected style and the chords

played in the accompaniment key range.

Select the desired accompaniment style and play the

keyboard using the auto accompaniment function.

Selecting a Style.............................. page 51

Starting Accompaniment ................ page 52

Using Auto Accompaniment........... page 55

Playing a Melody along with the Accompa-

niment.......................................... page 61

Changing the Accompaniment

Section......................................... page 62

Stopping the Accompaniment......... page 54

Selecting a Style

Press the [STYLE] button.

Select the desired style number.

Use the numeric keypad to directly enter the style number, or use the [+]/[–]

buttons to step up and down through the styles (page 25).

Accompaniment

key range

Select an accompaniment style.

Start the accompaniment.

Play chords (left hand).

Play melody (right hand).

Change the accompaniment section.

Stop the accompaniment.

Style

number

Style

name

Auto Accompaniment

Starting Accompaniment

Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn the auto accompaniment function on.

You can start playing accompaniment using one of the following four methods.

Press the [SYNC START] button. The EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode, and the beat

indicators flash.

When you start playing chords in the accompaniment key range, the accompaniment

starts playing.

To cancel Sync start waiting mode, press the [SYNC START] button again. At this

time, playing a chord in the accompaniment key range will produce bass sounds

and chords without a rhythm section.

Sync start

Sync stop

When you press the [SYNC STOP] button, the EZ-30 enters Sync start mode. When

you release keys in the accompaniment key range, the accompaniment stops and the

EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode.

Accompaniment on indicator

Accompaniment

key range

Beat indicators

Sync stop indicator

As soon as you press the [START/STOP] button, the rhythm part starts playing.

When you play a chord in the accompaniment key range, the EZ-30 produces the bass

and chords.

When you press the [START/STOP] button, only the rhythm part of the selected

accompaniment starts playing. If any of accompaniment styles 97–106 (Accompa-

niment category: PIANIST) is selected, no rhythm part sounds.

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times for a four-beat song and three times for a

three-beat song at a tempo at which you would like to play.

The rhythm part starts playing.

Start

Tap start

Intro Sync start

Press the [SYNC START] button. The EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode, and the

beat indicators flash. Then press the [INTRO/ENDING] button. The EZ-30 waits for

the sync start that begins with an Intro section.

When you play a chord in the accompaniment key range, the accompaniment starts

with an Intro section, followed by the Main A (or B) accompaniment section.

Accompaniment

key range

Beat indicators

Auto Accompaniment

Stopping the Accompaniment

You can stop the accompaniment playback using one of the following three methods.

Changing the Tempo

The tempo of style playback can be adjusted over a range of 32–280 bpm (beats per

minute).

Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the

desired value.

You can also use the convenient Tap Tempo function to change the tempo by

“tapping” a new one in real time (page 31).

• When the rhythm part is stopped or Voice #000 is selected, selecting an accom-

paniment style automatically sets a tempo suitable for the accompaniment. If any

voice other than Voice #000 is selected, changing the accompaniment during

playback will not automatically change the tempo.

• You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons

simultaneously (when Tempo is selected).

• Press the [START/STOP]

button.

The accompaniment stops

immediately.

• Press the [SYNC START]

button.

The accompaniment stops

immediately. All beat indica-

tors flash and the EZ-30 en-

ters Sync start waiting mode.

• Press the [INTRO/ENDING]

button.

The accompaniment stops

after the ending section.

Current Tempo value

Using Auto Accompaniment—Multi Fingering

When it is set to on (page 52), the auto accompaniment function automatically gener-

ates bass and chord accompaniment for you to play along with, by using Multi

Fingering operation. You can change the chords of the accompaniment by playing keys

in the auto accompaniment key range using either the “Single Finger” or “Fingered”

method. With Single Finger you can simply play a one-, two- or three-finger chord indi-

cation (see “Single Finger Chords” below). The Fingered technique is that of

conventionally playing all the notes of the chord.

Whichever method you use, the EZ-30 “understands” what chord you indicate and then

automatically generates the accompaniment.

Chords that can be produced in Single Finger operation are major, minor, seventh and

minor seventh. The illustration shows how to produce the four chord types. (The key of

C is used here as an example; other keys follow the same rules. For example, Bb7 is

played as Bb and A.)

A root key and keys you play

Single Finger Chords

To play a major chord: Press the root note of the chord.

To play a minor chord: Press the root note together with the nearest

black key to the left of it.

To play a seventh chord: Press the root note together with the near-

est white key to the left of it.

Cm7

To play a minor seventh chord: Press the root note together with the

nearest white and black keys to the left of it (three keys altogether).

Accompaniment key range

(left side of 54[F#2])

Auto Accompaniment

Using the key of C as an example, the chart below shows the types of chords that can

be recognized in the Fingered mode.

* Notes enclosed in parentheses are optional; the chords will be recognized without

them.

Fingered Chords

• Example for “C” chords

Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display

Major [M] 1 - 3 - 5 C C

Add ninth [(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - 5 C(9) C(9)

Sixth [6] 1 - (3) - 5 - 6 C6 C6

Sixth ninth [6(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 6 C6(9) C6(9)

Major seventh [M7] 1 - 3 - (5) - 7 or

1 - (3) - 5 - 7

CM7 CM7

Major seventh ninth [M7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 7 CM7(9) CM7(9)

Major seventh add sharp eleventh [M7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - 7 or

1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - 7

CM7(#11) CM7(#11)

Flatted ﬁfth [(b5)] 1 - 3 - b5C(b5) Cb5

Major seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [M7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - 7 CM7b5 CM7b5

Suspended fourth [sus4] 1 - 4 - 5 Csus4 Csus4

Augmented [aug] 1 - 3 - #5 Caug Caug

Major seventh augmented [M7aug] 1 - (3) - #5 - 7 CM7aug CM7aug

Minor [m] 1 - b3 - 5 Cm Cm

Minor add ninth [m(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - 5 Cm(9) Cm(9)

Minor sixth [m6] 1 - b3 - 5 - 6 Cm6 Cm6

Minor seventh [m7] 1 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7 Cm7

Minor seventh ninth [m7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7(9) Cm7(9)

Minor seventh add eleventh [m7(11)] 1 - (2) - b3 - 4 - 5 - (b7) Cm7(11) Cm7(11)

( )

(9)

( )

(9)

Caug

( )

CmM

( )

(9)

CmM

( )

CmM

(9)

( )

Cdim

(9)

( )

(13)

( )

(b9)

( )

(b13)

Csus

1+2+5

( )

(9)

(#11)

( )

(b5)

( )

(#11)

(#9)

( )

C aug

(

11)

( )

CM aug

( )

C sus

( )

• Notes in parentheses can be omitted.

• A perfect fifth (1 + 5) produces accompaniment based only on the root and fifth

which can be used with both major and minor chords.

• Playing two same root keys in the adjacent octaves produces accompaniment

based only on the root.

• The chord fingerings listed are all in “root” position, but other inversions can be

used - with the following exceptions:

m7, m7

b5, 6, m6, sus4, aug, dim7, 7b5, 6(9), 1+2+5.

• Inversion of the 7sus4 and m7(11) chords are not recognized if the notes shown

in parentheses are omitted.

• The auto accompaniment will sometimes not change when related chords are

played in sequence (e.g. some minor chords followed by the minor seventh).

• Two-note fingerings will produce a chord based on the previously played chord.

• The split point for the auto accompaniment function is the same as that for the

split voices. (See page 44.)

Minor major seventh [mM7] 1 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7 CmM7

Minor major seventh ninth [mM7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7(9) CmM7(9)

Minor seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [m7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - b7 Cm7b5 Cm7b5

Minor major seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [mM7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - 7 CmM7b5 CmM7b5

Diminished [dim] 1 - b3 - b5 Cdim Cdim

Diminished seventh [dim7] 1 - b3 - b5 - 6 Cdim7 Cdim7

Seventh [7] 1 - 3 - (5) - b7 or

1 - (3) - 5 - b7

C7 C7

Seventh ﬂatted ninth [7(b9)] 1 - b2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(b9) C7(b9)

Seventh add ﬂatted thirteenth [7(b13)] 1 - 3 - 5 - b6 - b7 C7(b13) C7(b13)

Seventh ninth [7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(9) C7(9)

Seventh add sharp eleventh [7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - b7 or

1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - b7

C7(#11) C7(#11)

Seventh add thirteenth [7(13)] 1 - 3 - (5) - 6 - b7 C7(13) C7(13)

Seventh sharp ninth [7(#9)] 1 - #2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(#9) C7(#9)

Seventh ﬂatted ﬁfth [7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - b7C7b5C7b5

Seventh augmented [7aug] 1 - 3 - #5 - b7 C7aug C7aug

Seventh suspended fourth [7sus4] 1 - 4 - (5) - b7 C7sus4 C7sus4

One plus two plus ﬁve [1+2+5] 1 - 2 - 5 C1+2+5 C

Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display

Auto Accompaniment

Looking up Chords in the dictionary

The Dictionary function is essentially a built-in “chord book” that shows you the indi-

vidual notes of chords. It is ideal when you know the name of a certain chord and want

to quickly learn how to play it.

Press the [Dict.] button.

Specify the root of the chord.

Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord root (as

printed on the panel).

Pressing this key selects the root G.

Specify the type of the chord (major, minor, seventh, etc.).

Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord type (as

printed on the panel).

In this example, play M7 keys.

• Usually, a Major chord name is represented by a root note name.

E.g., “C” represents C Major.

• If you press [+]/[–] buttons, another inversion will be indicated.

Play a chord, following the Light Guide.

The display indicates the notes of the

GM7 chord, and the Light Guide indi-

cates which keys to play on the

keyboard.

The chord name flashes in the display

(and a “congratulations” melody is

played) when the correct notes are

held down.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • What is a Chord? • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

The simple answer: Three or more notes played simultaneously is a chord. (Two

notes played together is an “interval” — an interval being the distance between two

different notes. This is also referred to as a “harmony.”) Depending on the intervals

between the three or more notes, a chord can sound beautiful or muddy and dissonant.

The organization of notes in the example at left — a triad

chord — produces a pleasant, harmonious sound. Triads

are made up of three notes and are the most basic and

common chords in most music.

In this triad, the lowest note is the “root.” The root is the most important note in the

chord, because it anchors the sound harmonically by determining its “key” and forms

the basis for how we hear the other notes of the chord.

The second note of this chord is four semitones higher than the ﬁrst, and the third is

three semitones higher than the second. Keeping our root note ﬁxed and changing these

notes by a semitone up or down (sharp or ﬂat), we can create four different chords.

Keep in mind that we can also change the “voicing” of a chord — for example, change

the order of the notes (called “inversions”), or play the same notes in different octaves

— without changing the basic nature of the chord itself.

Beautiful sounding harmonies can be built in this manner. The use of intervals and

chords is one of the most important elements in music. A wide variety of emotions

and feelings can be created depending on the types of chords used and the order in

which they are arranged.

Major chord

(ex. C)

Minor chord

(ex. Cm)

Augmented chord

(ex. Caug)

Diminished chord

(ex. Cdim)

Minor 3rd Major 3rd

Major 3rd Minor 3rd Major 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Minor 3rd

Inversion examples for the key of C

Auto Accompaniment

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •Writing Chord Names• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Knowing how to read and write chord names is an easy yet invaluable skill. Chords

are often written in a kind of shorthand that makes them instantly recognizable (and

gives you the freedom to play them with the voicing or inversion that you prefer).

Once you understand the basic principles of harmony and chords, it’s very simple to

use this shorthand to write out the chords of a song.

First, write the root note of the chord in an uppercase letter. If you need to specify

sharp or ﬂat, indicate that to the right of the root. The chord type should be indicated

to the right as well. Examples for the key of C are shown below.

One important point: Chords are made up of notes “stacked” on top of each other,

and the stacked notes are indicated in the chord name of the chord type as a number

— the number being the distance of the note from the root. (See the keyboard dia-

gram below.) For example, the minor 6th chord includes the 6th note of the scale, the

major 7th chord has the 7th note of the scale, etc.

The Intervals of the Scale

To better understand the intervals and

the numbers used to represent them in

the chord name, study this diagram of

the C major scale:

Other Chords

Major chord

Minor chord

Augmented chord

Caug

Diminished chord

Cdim

For simple major chords, the type is omitted.

CDEFGABCDE

Root

2nd

4th

3rd

5th

7th

6th

Octave

11th

9th

Dominant 7th (ﬂatted 7th)

Csus4

5th 4th

Dominant

7th

Major chord

Cm7

Dominant

7th

Minor chord

CM7

7th

Major chord

Cm7bb

Dominant

7th

Diminished

chord

Cm6

Minor

chord

6th

C(9)

9th

* Bbb = A

Cdim7

Diminished 7th

(double ﬂatted

7th)

Diminished

chord

Playing a Melody along with the Accompaniment

You can play a melody along with the accompaniment.

Set a tempo you feel comfortable with. (See page 54.)

The playback volume of the accompaniment can be adjusted. This volume control

affects only the accompaniment volume.

Press the right Overall button repeatedly until “ACMP VOL”

appears in the display.

Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the

desired Accompaniment Volume value (000–127).

• You can instantly restore the default setting of “100” by pressing both [+]/[–] but-

tons simultaneously (when Accompaniment Volume is selected).

• Accompaniment Volume cannot be changed unless the Style mode is active.

Adjusting the Accompaniment Volume

Accompaniment

key range

While playing different chords

with your left hand...

Play a melody with

your right hand along with

the accompaniment.

Current Accompaniment Volume value

The value decreases and

the volume level is lowered.

The value increases and

the volume level is raised.

Auto Accompaniment

Changing the Accompaniment Section

Accompaniment consists of Intro, Main A/B (Fill-in), and Ending sections. Using differ-

ent sections based on the structure of songs enables you to enhance musical

expression.

Press the [INTRO/ENDING] button before you start playing to select an Intro section.

The Intro section is followed by the Main section.

Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button before pressing the [START/STOP] button to spec-

ify the Main section that follows the Intro section.

To cancel the Intro section, press the [INTRO/ENDING] button again. The display indi-

cates the Main section (A or B) that will be played when the song starts.

There are two Main sections, A and B. When you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] but-

ton, the EZ-30 plays the Fill-in pattern, then changes to another variation.

You can also assign the accompaniment sections by pressing the [MAIN/AUTO

FILL] button before the song starts (while the rhythm part is stopped).

Intro

Main

Press the button before

the rhythm part starts.

When you press the [INTRO/ENDING] button at the end of the song, the EZ-30 plays

the Ending section appropriate for the song, then stops the performance.

About the Fill-in Patterns

Ending

Ritardando (rit.)

If you press the [INTRO/ENDING] button during the Ending section, the song gets

slower little by little and then stops.

12341234123

1st measure 2nd measure 3rd measure

Beat

...and the Main A or B

section begins here.

If you press the

[MAIN/AUTO FILL] button

before beat 4...

...a fill-in pattern plays

immediately until the

end of the measure...

...and the Main A or B

section begins here.

If you press the

[MAIN/AUTO FILL] button

here, after beat 4...

...a fill-in pattern

plays from here...

Registration Memory

Registration Memory is a flexible and convenient function that

lets you instantly reconfigure virtually all settings of the EZ-30

with the touch of a single button. Simply save your favorite

custom panel settings to one of the Registration Memory pre-

sets (up to sixteen are available) for future recall.

Recording a Registration Memory Preset

The EZ-30 has eight Registration Memory banks, each with two different presets (a total

of sixteen).

Make all desired settings for the EZ-30.

Virtually all of the EZ-30’s settings can be saved to a Registration Memory

button.

Select the desired bank.

Press the [BANK] button, then press the desired bank number (1–8).

Each of the sixteen Registration Memory can have different settings for the

following parameters:

• Voice number • Accompaniment On/Off *

• Split Point • MAIN A/B *

• Split On/Off • Accompaniment Split Point *

• Reverb Type • Accompaniment volume *

• DSP Type • Tempo *

• Harmony On/Off setting and Type • Transpose

• Style number *

* These settings are disabled with the songs.

Eight Registration

Memory banks

Eight Registration

Memory banks

Bank number

Record the settings to the desired preset, 1 or 2.

While holding down the [MEMORY] button, press the appropriate REGIS-

TRATION MEMORY preset button, [1] or [2].

If you select a REGISTRATION MEMORY preset button to which data has

already been recorded, the existing data will be overwritten and deleted.

Recalling a Registration Memory Preset

Select the appropriate Registration Memory bank.

If you recall settings from a Registration Memory preset, the current panel set-

tings will be lost. Save important panel settings to another Registration

Memory preset.

Press the desired Registration Memory preset button ([1] or

[2]).

Bank number

Song Recording

The EZ-30’s Song Memory function enables you to record up

to five songs of your performance as User songs (Song #201–

205: User 1–5).

You can also play the recorded songs in the same way as the

preset songs.

Recording a User Song

The EZ-30 lets you play and record the individual parts of your own song in real time.

You can record your performance to six tracks per User song (1–5).

● Melody tracks [1]–[5] .................Record melody to these tracks.

● Accompaniment track [A]...........Record chords to this track.

Data that can be recorded to the normal (melody) tracks:

• Note on/off

• Velocity

• Voice Number

• Reverb Type *

• DSP Type *

• Sustain

• Tempo *, Time Signature * (if no data is recorded in the accompaniment track)

Data that can be recorded to the accompaniment track:

• Chord changes and timing

• Changing sections (Intro, Main A/B, etc.)

• Style number *

• Accompaniment Volume *

• Reverb Type *

• DSP Type *

• Tempo, Time Signature *

* These settings can only be recorded once at the beginning of a song; other settings

can be changed in the middle of a song.

• Note that song data will be lost if you turn off the power to the EZ-30, unplug

the power adaptor from the AC outlet, or if the battery fully discharges while

you are recording.

• Song Memory Capacity:

Maximum number of notes: approximately 10,000 (when only “melody” tracks

are recorded)

Maximum number of chords: approximately 5,500 (when only the accompani-

ment track is recorded)

Select a User song for recording.

Use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song: 201–

205.

If no song is manually selected, the EZ-30 automatically selects the first available

empty song number.

Select a track number for recording.

Check the display for the track DATA indicators and select an unrecorded

track.

● Recording a melody track and an accompaniment track at

the same time:

While pressing and holding down the [RECORD] button, press the desired

SONG MEMORY button [1]–[5] and [A] button.

Keep in mind that all recording operations “replace” the data.

In other words, if you record to a track that already has recorded data, all pre-

vious data in the track will be erased and replaced by the newly recorded data.

• If you select the accompaniment track for recording, the auto accompaniment

function is automatically enabled.

• You cannot turn the auto accompaniment function on or off after recording has

started.

• If you are recording using a split voice, the voice below the split point will not be

recorded.

Song Recording

● Recording a melody track:

While pressing and holding down the [RECORD] button, select the desired

melody track button (1–5). The selected track’s number flashes on the

display.

• If auto accompaniment is turned on and the accompaniment track is not

recorded, a melody track and the accompaniment track will automatically be

selected as recording tracks. If you wish to record only the accompaniment track,

press the button for the flashing melody track indicator to deselect the melody

track. The melody track indicator is turned off.

• To cancel recording, press the button for the flashing track indicator. The track

indicator is turned off.

Start recording.

You can start recording simply by playing the keyboard (or by pressing the

[START/STOP] button).

The current measure number is indicated on the display during recording.

Stop recording.

After you’ve finished playing the part, press the [START/STOP] or [RECORD]

button.

When you press the [INTRO/ENDING] button while recording the accompa-

niment track, the EZ-30 plays the Ending section and stops recording.

When recording is finished, the measure number on the display is reset to

“001” and the recorded tracks DATA indicators light up.

Record to other tracks as desired.

To do this, simply repeat steps #2–#4 above. Make sure that when you press

the [SONG MEMORY] button corresponding to the desired track, the track

number in the display flashes.

● Re-recording...

Select the recorded tracks as recording tracks.

When you start recording, the new performance will overwrite the existing

data. (The existing data will be deleted and replaced with new data.)

Erasing a Song

The Song Clear operation completely erases all recorded data on all tracks of a selected

User song.

To erase an individual track of a song while leaving the other tracks intact, use the

Track Clear operation (page 70).

Select the desired song.

Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select

the desired song (201–205).

While holding down the [A] button, press SONG MEMORY button [1].

All track indications in the display flash, indicating that all tracks are to be erased.

Press the [+/YES] button.

At the “Sure?” prompt, press the [+/YES]

button, or press the [–/NO] button to abort.

Pressing the [+/YES] button executes the Song Clear operation. Pressing the [–/

NO] button aborts.

Song Clear

Song Recording

The Track Clear operation completely erases all recorded data on a selected track of a

selected User song, leaving the other tracks intact.

Select the desired song.

Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select

the desired song (201–205).

Press and hold down the button corresponding to the track to be erased.

Press and hold down the appropriate SONG MEMORY button ([1]–[5], [A]) for at

least one second.

Press the [+/YES] button.

At the “Sure?” prompt, press the [+/YES] button, or press the [–/NO] button to

abort.

Pressing the [+/YES] button executes the Track Clear operation. Pressing the [–/

NO] button aborts.

Track Clear

Loading a Song into Flash Memory

The EZ-30’s internal flash memory enables you to save song

data transmitted from a connected personal computer. You

can play or practice Flash songs (saved in flash memory) in

the same way as preset songs.

To transmit song data from a personal computer to the EZ-30,

you first need to install “Song Filer” application on the

computer.

Installing Song Filer

You can download “Song Filer” application from the following Yamaha PK CLUB web-

site. Make sure that your computer has an Internet connection.

Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page)

http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/

Visit the Yamaha PK CLUB website for more information on the latest version of

Song Filer and the installation method.

Song data that can be saved in flash memory:

The number of songs: max. 99 songs (Song #101–)

Available memory: 488 KB

Data format: SMF

System requirements for Song Filer:

[Windows]

OS: Windows 95/98/Me/2000

CPU: Pentium/100MHz or faster

Available Memory: 8MB or more

Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more

Display: 800 x 600, 256 colors or more

[Macintosh]

OS: Mac OS 7.5 or upper

CPU: Power PC or upper

Available Memory: 8MB or more

Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more

Display: 800 x 600, 256 colors or more

Loading a Song into Flash Memory

Song Filer’s Functions

After you install Song Filer on the computer and connect the EZ-30 to the computer,

you can use the two functions described below.

• Refer to page 78 for information on connecting the EZ-30 to a computer.

• You cannot use the Song Filer’s “Receive Files” function with the EZ-30.

• For more information on using Song Filer, refer to the PDF manual included in

the Song Filer application.

● Transmit Files

You can transmit song files from your computer to your EZ-30’s Flash

Memory.

● Manage Files on Flash Memory

You can delete and rename files on your EZ-30’s Flash Memory using your

computer.

EZ-30

Computer

Transmit

abcd.mid

Delete

abcd.mid

efgh.mid

Rename

Octave

If the notes in a Flash song are outside the EZ-30’s key range (C1–C6), You can change their

pitch in octave steps so that you can use the Lesson function. If the indicator

appears in the lower-left of the display during playback of flash songs, follow the procedure:

Stop the song, and press the right Overall button to select

“OCTAVE”.

Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Octave value (–2

– +2) until the indicator disappear.

• You can instantly restore the default setting of “0” by pressing both [+]/[–] but-

tons simultaneously (when Octave is selected).

• You can set the Octave function only for the Flash songs.

Selecting a right/left-hand guide track

You can select a track that guides your right and left hand fingering during the Les-

son (See page 34). This function is available only when you select a flash memory

song (SMF format 0).

1. While the song is

stopped, press and hold

down the LESSON [R] or

[L] button to select the

desired part.

A frame appears around the number of the GUIDE track.

2. Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–]

buttons to select a lesson track

number.

Current Octave value

Loading a Song into Flash Memory

Available Flash Memory Amount

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI”.

Press the [4] button to display “F-SIZE.”

The amount of available memory is indicated in KB.

Flash Clear

All data in flash memory (Song #101–) can be initialized.

Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn off

the power to the EZ-30.

While holding down the highest black key (A#5), press the

[STANDBY/ON] switch to turn on the power to the EZ-30.

The flash memory will be initialized. When the initialization is complete, the

EZ-30 indicates “ClrFlash” on the display.

See page 84 for information on initializing the panel settings.

The amount of available memory (KB)

Highest black key (A#5)

MIDI Functions

The EZ-30 is MIDI-compatible, featuring MIDI IN and MIDI

OUT terminals and providing a variety of MIDI-related con-

trols. By using the MIDI functions you can expand your musical

possibilities. This section explains what MIDI is, and what it can

do, as well as how you can use MIDI on your EZ-30.

What is MIDI?

No doubt you have heard the terms “acoustic instrument” and “digital instrument.”

In the world today, these are the two main categories of instruments. Let’s consider an

acoustic piano and a classical guitar as representative acoustic instruments.

They are easy to understand. With the piano, you strike a key, and a hammer inside hits

some strings and plays a note. With the guitar, you directly pluck a string and the note

sounds. But how does a digital instrument go about playing a note?

Based on playing information from the keyboard, a sampling note stored in the tone

generator is played through the speakers.

As shown in the illustration above, in an electronic instrument the sampling note (previ-

ously recorded note) stored in the tone generator section (electronic circuit) is played

based on information received from the keyboard. So then what is the information from

the keyboard that becomes the basis for note production?

For example, let’s say you play a “C” quarter note using the grand piano sound on the

EZ-30 keyboard. Unlike an acoustic instrument that puts out a resonated note, the elec-

tronic instrument puts out information from the keyboard such as “with what voice,”

“with which key,” “about how strong,” “when was it pressed,” and “when was it

released.” Then each piece of information is changed into a number value and sent to

the tone generator. Using these numbers as a basis, the tone generator plays the stored

sampling note.

Example of Keyboard Information

Voice number (with what voice) 01 (grand piano)

Note number (with which key) 60 (C3)

Note on (when was it pressed) and note off (when was it released) Timing expressed numerically (quarter note)

Velocity (about how strong) 20 (strong)

Pluck a string and the body resonates

the sound.

Tone Generator

(Electronic circuit)

Sampling

Note

Sampling

Note

Playing the

keyboard

Based on playing information from the keyboard, a sampling

note stored in the tone generator is played through the speakers.

• Digital instrument note production• Acoustic guitar note production

MIDI Functions

MIDI is an acronym that stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface, which allows

electronic musical instruments to communicate with each other, by sending and receiv-

ing compatible Note, Control Change, Program Change and various other types of MIDI

data, or messages.

The EZ-30 can control a MIDI device by transmitting note related data and various

types of controller data. The EZ-30 can be controlled by the incoming MIDI messages

which automatically determine tone generator mode, select MIDI channels, voices and

effects, change parameter values and of course play the voices specified for the various

parts.

MIDI messages can be divided into two groups: Channel messages and System mes-

sages. Below is an explanation of the various types of MIDI messages which the EZ-30

can receive/transmit.

Channel Messages

The EZ-30 is an electronic instrument that can handle 16 channels. This is usually

expressed as “it can play 16 instruments at the same time.” Channel messages transmit

information such as Note ON/OFF, Program Change, for each of the 16 channels.

System Messages

This is data that is used in common by the entire MIDI system. System messages

include messages like Exclusive Messages that transmit data unique to each instrument

manufacturer and Realtime Messages that control the MIDI device.

The messages transmitted/received by the EZ-30 are shown in the MIDI Implementa-

tion Chart on page 98.

Message Name EZ-30 Operation/Panel Setting

Note ON/OFF Messages which are generated when the keyboard is played. Each message

includes a speciﬁc note number which corresponds to the key which is

pressed, plus a velocity value based on how hard the key is stuck.

Program Change Voice number (along with corresponding bank select MSB/LSB settings, if

necessary).

Control Change Messages that are used to change some aspect of the sound (modulation,

volume, pan, etc.).

Message Name EZ-30 Operation/Panel Setting

Exclusive Message Reverb/chorus/DSP settings, etc.

Realtime Messages Clock setting

Start/stop operation

GM System Level 1

“GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which

ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played

by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer.

The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that

support GM System Level 1. The EZ-30 supports GM System Level 1.

Available MIDI Functions

The EZ-30 has MIDI IN/OUT terminals on the rear panel.

Using the MIDI functions can expand your possibilities for creating and playing music.

● Playing on a MIDI keyboard (without an internal tone generator) can produce sound

on the EZ-30.

● You can record performance data created on the EZ-30 (performance using the key-

board and auto accompaniment: 1–16 channels) to an external sequencer (such as

sequence software on a computer). You can then edit the performance data on the

external sequencer and play it again on the EZ-30.

→ Initial send (See page 81.)

MIDI Terminals

In order to exchange MIDI data between multiple devices, each device must be con-

nected by a cable.

The MIDI terminals of the EZ-30 are located on the rear panel.

• MIDI IN....................Receives MIDI data from another

MIDI device.

• MIDI OUT ................Transmits the EZ-30’s keyboard infor-

mation as MIDI data to another MIDI

device.

MIDI LSB receive cancel

To set the EZ-30 so that it will not receive LSB data for Bank Select, press the

[STANDBY/ON] switch to turn on the power to the EZ-30 while holding down the

lowest key (C1).

To cancel this setting, turn on the power to the EZ-30 again in the normal manner.

MIDI OUTMIDI IN

EZ-30

MIDI reception

MIDI Keyboard

(without an internal tone generator)

MIDI INMIDI OUT

MIDI OUTMIDI IN

EZ-30

MIDI transmission

MIDI reception (playback)

Editing and arranging

after recording

Personal Computer,

Sequencer

MIDI Functions

• You will need sequence software to use a personal computer.

• You can use the notation display and Light Guide for note data that is received

on Channel 1.

• The songs (1–20) and Flash songs are not output via MIDI.

• To transmit song data to flash memory, first you need to install Song Filer on the

computer. (See page 71.)

Connecting to a Personal Computer

By connecting your EZ-30’s MIDI terminals to a personal computer, you can have

access to a wide variety of music software.

When using a MIDI interface device installed in the personal computer, connect the

MIDI terminals of the personal computer and the EZ-30.

Use only special MIDI cables when connecting MIDI devices.

● Connect the MIDI terminals of the EZ-30 to the MIDI terminals of the personal

computer.

● When using a MIDI interface with a Macintosh series computer, connect the RS-422

terminal of the computer (modem or printer terminal) to the MIDI interface, as

shown in the diagram below.

You can send song data from a computer to the EZ-30’s internal flash memory. (See

page 71.)

Performance data recorded in User songs can be output via MIDI and saved in an

external device as SMF data for other applications. (See page 82.)

MIDI INMIDI OUT

MIDI OUTMIDI IN

EZ-30

Computer

(Sequence software)

MIDI IN

RS-422

MIDI OUT

EZ-30

Computer

(Sequence software)

MIDI Interface

● To connect a computer with a USB terminal to the EZ-30, you need an optional

USB-MIDI interface.

When using a Macintosh series computer, set the MIDI interface clock setting in

the application software to match the setting of the MIDI interface you are using.

For details, refer to the owner’s manual for the software you are using.

Local Control

This function lets you enable or disable keyboard control over the EZ-30’s voices. This

would come in handy, for example, when recording notes to MIDI sequencer. If you

are using the sequencer to play back the voices of the EZ-30, you would want to set this

to “off” - in order to avoid getting “double” notes, both from the keyboard and from the

sequencer. Normally, when playing the EZ-30 by itself, this should be set to “on.”

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI”.

If “LOCAL” does not appear in the display, press the [1] button.

Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Local Control

to on or off.

MIDI IN

MIDI OUT

EZ-30

Computer

(Sequence software)

USB cable

USB-MIDI

Interface

MIDI Functions

Using Bulk Dump Send to Save Data

This operation lets you save important EZ-30 data and settings to another device, such

as a sequencer, computer, or MIDI data filer. This operation saves all User song data

and all settings for the Registration Memory presets. Once the data is saved, you can

reload it any time you need it. This allows you to save your data to floppy disk using a

computer or a MIDI data filer (such as the Yamaha MDF3), and have unlimited storage

capacity for your valuable EZ-30 data.

Saving Bulk Data • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

This function cannot be used in the Song playing, recording or when the accompa-

niment is playing.

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI”.

Press the [2] button to display “BULKDUMP”.

Press the [START/STOP] button to start the Bulk Dump

operation.

When the operation is completed, “End” appears in the display.

Loading Bulk Data • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Once you’ve saved EZ-30 data as described above, you can easily reload the

data back to the EZ-30. Send the data from the connected MIDI device. The

EZ-30 automatically receives the data. When the operation is completed, the

display returns to the currently selected voice.

This operation erases any and all of your original data in the EZ-30. Make sure

to save your original settings and data using the Bulk Dump operation

described above.

• Make sure that the EZ-30 is not in the middle of an operation, such as song

recording or playback, Accompaniment playback, saving a Registration Memory

preset, sending Bulk Dump data, etc.

• When the EZ-30 is receiving bulk data, none of the panel controls can be used.

• If, for some reason, some problem occurred in the data reception, a “RcvError”

message is shown in the display. Check all connections and settings and try the

operation again.

Transmitting the EZ-30 Panel Settings (Initial Send)

The EZ-30’s panel settings can be transmitted to an external device.

Recording data to an external sequencer enables you to play back the data utilizing the

panel settings used for the recording.

Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI.”

Press the [3] button to display “INITSEND”.

Press the [START/STOP] button to execute Initial Send.

When the transmission is complete, “End” appears in the display.

MIDI Functions

Transmitting SMF Format Data

Performance data recorded in the EZ-30’s User songs can be transmitted via MIDI and

stored in the SMF format.

Select a User song to transmit.

Follow the steps described above in the “Transmitting the EZ-30 Panel Settings (Ini-

tial Send)” section.

Press the [SONG] button, then the [START/STOP] button to transmit the song data.

You can store the data (received on the computer via MIDI) in the SMF format file

so that it can be used for another application.

Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause and Solution

When the EZ-30 is turned on or

off, a popping sound is tempo-

rarily produced.

This is normal and indicates that the EZ-30 is receiving electrical

power.

• The volume level is low.

• Tonal quality has degraded.

• Recorded songs are not

played correctly.

• The display indication is

turned off suddenly and the

panel settings are reset.

The battery voltage is low. Replace all six batteries with new ones,

or use the AC adaptor.

Noise is produced from the EZ-

30.

When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile

phone in close proximity to the EZ-30 may produce interference.

To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it further away

from the EZ-30.

There is no sound even when

the keyboard is played or when a

song is being played back.

Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on

the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack,

no sound is output.

When using the Dictionary function (page 58), the keys in the right

hand section are used only for entering the chord root and type.

The effects (Reverb/DSP/Har-

mony) are not applied.

Each effect (Reverb/DSP/Harmony) is turned off. Select a type for

each effect. (See page 48, 49, 50.)

The auto accompaniment

doesn’t turn on, even when

pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF]

button.

When playing back one of the Pianist styles (#97–#106), the

rhythm cannot be heard. The Pianist styles have no drums or bass

- only piano accompaniment.

Not all of the voices seem to

sound, or the sound seems to be

cut off.

The EZ-30 is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes. If the Dual

voice or Split voice is being used and a style or song is playing

back at the same time, some notes/sounds may be omitted (or

“stolen”) from the accompaniment or song.

Auto accompaniment is not

played correctly.

The accompaniment volume setting is low. Refer to page 61 to

raise the volume level.

The auto accompaniment split point is set incorrectly for the played

chords. See page 44 to set a correct split point.

The polarity of the footswitch is

reversed.

You turned on the power to the EZ-30 while pressing the foot-

switch. Turn the power off, then turn it on again without pressing

the footswitch.

Data Backup & Initialization

Data Backup

Except for the data listed below, all EZ-30 panel settings are reset to their initial settings

whenever the power is turned on. The data listed below are backed up -

i.e. retained in memory - as long as an AC adaptor is connected or a set of batteries is

installed.

• User Song Data • Touch On/Off

• Song Volume • Tuning

• Registration Memory Data • Grade On/Off

• Registration Memory Bank Number • Talking On/Off

• Metronome Volume • Guide Voice On/Off

Data Initialization

All data can be initialized and restored to the factory preset condition by turning on the

power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key on the keyboard.

“CLr Backup” will appear briefly on the display.

Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn off the power to the EZ-30.

While holding down the highest white key, press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to

turn on the power to the EZ-30 to initialize the data. When initialization is com-

plete, the display indicates “CLr Backup.”

All Registration Memory and User song data, plus the other settings listed

above, will be erased and/or changed when the data initialization procedure is

carried out.

• Carrying out the data initialization procedure will usually restore normal opera-

tion if the EZ-30 freezes or begins to act erratically for any reason.

• Refer to page 74 for information on initializing flash memory.

Voice List

■ Maximum Polyphony

The EZ-30 has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a maximum

of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto Accompaniment

uses a number of the available notes, so when Auto Accompaniment is used the total

number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is correspondingly reduced. The

same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions.

• The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each voice. Use

these program change numbers when playing the EZ-30 via MIDI from an exter-

nal device.

• Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after the notes have

been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch) is held.

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

PIANO

001 000 112 000 Grand Piano

002 000 112 001 Bright Piano

003 000 112 000 Piano and Slow Strings

004 000 112 002 MIDI Grand Piano

005 000 112 003 Honky-tonk Piano

006 000 112 006 Harpsichord

E.PIANO

007 000 112 005 DX Modern Elec. Piano

008 000 112 004 Funky Electric Piano

009 000 113 005 Hyper Tines

010 000 114 005 Venus Electric Piano

011 000 112 007 Clavi

ORGAN

012 000 112 016 Jazz Organ 1

013 000 113 016 Jazz Organ 2

014 000 112 017 Click Organ

015 000 116 016 Bright Organ

016 000 112 018 Rock Organ

017 000 114 018 Purple Organ

018 000 118 016 16'+2' Organ

019 000 119 016 16'+4' Organ

020 000 114 016 Theater Organ

021 000 112 019 Church Organ

022 000 113 019 Chapel Organ

023 000 112 020 Reed Organ

ACCORDION

024 000 113 021 Traditional Accordion

025 000 112 021 Musette Accordion

026 000 113 023 Bandoneon

027 000 112 022 Harmonica

GUITAR

028 000 112 024 Classical Guitar

029 000 112 025 Folk Guitar

030 000 113 025 12Strings Guitar

031 000 112 026 Jazz Guitar

032 000 113 026 Octave Guitar

033 000 112 027 Clean Guitar

034 000 112 028 Muted Guitar

035 000 112 029 Overdriven Guitar

036 000 112 030 Distortion Guitar

BASS

037 000 112 032 Acoustic Bass

038 000 112 033 Finger Bass

039 000 112 034 Pick Bass

040 000 112 035 Fretless Bass

041 000 112 036 Slap Bass

042 000 112 038 Synth Bass

043 000 113 038 Hi-Q Bass

044 000 113 039 Dance Bass

STRINGS

045 000 112 048 String Ensemble

046 000 112 049 Chamber Strings

047 000 112 050 Synth Strings

048 000 113 049 Slow Strings

049 000 112 044 Tremolo Strings

050 000 112 045 Pizzicato Strings

051 000 112 055 Orchestra Hit

052 000 112 040 Violin

053 000 112 042 Cello

054 000 112 043 Contrabass

055 000 112 105 Banjo

056 000 112 046 Harp

CHOIR

057 000 112 052 Choir

058 000 113 052 Vocal Ensemble

059 000 112 053 Vox Humana

060 000 112 054 Air Choir

SAXOPHONE

061 000 112 064 Soprano Sax

062 000 112 065 Alto Sax

063 000 112 066 Tenor Sax

064 000 114 066 Breathy Tenor

065 000 112 067 Baritone Sax

066 000 112 068 Oboe

067 000 112 069 English Horn

068 000 112 070 Bassoon

069 000 112 071 Clarinet

TRUMPET

070 000 112 056 Trumpet

071 000 112 059 Muted Trumpet

072 000 112 057 Trombone

073 000 113 057 Trombone Section

074 000 112 060 French Horn

075 000 112 058 Tuba

BRASS

076 000 113 061 Big Brass

077 000 113 061 Brass Sax

078 000 112 061 Brass Section

079 000 119 061 Mellow Horns

080 000 112 062 Synth Brass

081 000 113 062 Jump Brass

FLUTE

082 000 112 073 Flute

083 000 112 072 Piccolo

084 000 112 075 Pan Flute

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

■ Expanded Voices

085 000 112 074 Recorder

086 000 112 079 Ocarina

SYNTH LEAD

087 000 112 080 Square Lead

088 000 112 081 Sawtooth Lead

089 000 115 081 Analogon

090 000 119 081 Fargo

091 000 114 062 Techno Brass

092 000 113 002 SynPiano

093 000 112 098 Star Dust

SYNTH PAD

094 000 112 088 Fantasia

095 000 113 100 Bell Pad

096 000 112 091 Xenon Pad

097 000 112 094 Equinox

098 000 113 089 Dark Moon

PERCUSSION

099 000 112 011 Vibraphone

100 000 112 012 Marimba

101 000 112 013 Xylophone

102 000 112 114 Steel Drums

103 000 112 008 Celesta

104 000 112 014 Tubular Bells

105 000 112 047 Timpani

106 000 112 010 Music Box

SPLIT

107 –––Acoustic Bass/Piano

108 –––FingerBass/Bright Piano

109 –––Fretless Bass/ DX Modern EP

110 –––FretlessBass/Vibraphon

111 –––FretlessBass/Brass

112 –––Analogon/SawLead

113 –––SlapBass/Clavinet

114 –––Guitar/Flute

115 –––Strings/Piano

116 –––VoxHumana/Choir

DRUM KITS

117 127 000 000 Standard Kit 1

118 127 000 001 Standard Kit 2

119 127 000 008 Room Kit

120 127 000 016 Rock Kit

121 127 000 024 Electronic Kit

122 127 000 025 Analog Kit

123 127 000 027 Dance Kit

124 127 000 032 Jazz Kit

125 127 000 040 Brush Kit

126 127 000 048 Symphony Kit

127 126 000 000 SFX Kit 1

128 126 000 001 SFX Kit 2

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

PIANO

129 000 000 000 Grand Piano

130 000 001 000 Grand Piano KSP

131 000 018 000 Mellow Grand Piano

132 000 040 000 Piano Strings

133 000 041 000 Dream

134 000 000 001 Bright Piano

135 000 001 001 Bright Piano KSP

136 000 000 002 Electric Grand Piano

137 000 001 002 Electric Grand Piano KSP

138 000 032 002 Detuned CP80

139 000 040 002 Layered CP 1

140 000 041 002 Layered CP 2

141 000 000 003 Honky-tonk Piano

142 000 001 003 Honky-tonk Piano KSP

143 000 000 004 Electric Piano 1

144 000 001 004 Electric Piano 1 KSP

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

145 000 018 004 Mellow Electric Piano 1

146 000 032 004 Chorus Electric Piano 1

147 000 040 004 Hard Electric Piano

148 000 045 004

Velocity Crossfade Electric

Piano 1

149 000 064 004 60's Electric Piano 1

150 000 000 005 Electric Piano 2

151 000 001 005 Electric Piano 2 KSP

152 000 032 005 Chorus Electric Piano 2

153 000 033 005 DX Electric Piano Hard

154 000 034 005 DX Legend

155 000 040 005 DX Phase Electric Piano

156 000 041 005 DX + Analog Electric Piano

157 000 042 005 DX Koto Electric Piano

158 000 045 005

Velocity Crossfade Electric

Piano 2

159 000 000 006 Harpsichord

160 000 001 006 Harpsichord KSP

161 000 025 006 Harpsichord 2

162 000 035 006 Harpsichord 3

163 000 000 007 Clavi

164 000 001 007 Clavi KSP

165 000 027 007 Clavi Wah

166 000 064 007 Pulse Clavi

167 000 065 007 Pierce Clavi

VIBRAPHONE etc.

168 000 000 008 Celesta

169 000 000 009 Glockenspiel

170 000 000 010 Music Box

171 000 064 010 Orgel

172 000 000 011 Vibraphone

173 000 001 011 Vibraphone KSP

174 000 045 011 Hard Vibraphone

175 000 000 012 Marimba

176 000 001 012 Marimba KSP

177 000 064 012 Sine Marimba

178 000 097 012 Balimba

179 000 098 012 Log Drums

180 000 000 013 Xylophone

181 000 000 014 Tubular Bells

182 000 096 014 Church Bells

183 000 097 014 Carillon

184 000 000 015 Dulcimer

185 000 035 015 Dulcimer 2

186 000 096 015 Cimbalom

187 000 097 015 Santur

ORGAN

188 000 000 016 Drawbar Organ

189 000 032 016 Detuned Drawbar Organ

190 000 033 016 60's Drawbar Organ 1

191 000 034 016 60's Drawbar Organ 2

192 000 035 016 70's Drawbar Organ 1

193 000 036 016 Drawbar Organ 2

194 000 037 016 60's Drawbar Organ 3

195 000 038 016 Even Bar

196 000 040 016 "16+2""2/3"

197 000 064 016 Organ Bass

198 000 065 016 70's Drawbar Organ 2

199 000 066 016 Cheezy Organ

200 000 067 016 Drawbar Organ 3

201 000 000 017 Percussive Organ

202 000 024 017 70's Percussive Organ

203 000 032 017 Detuned Percussive Organ

204 000 033 017 Light Organ

205 000 037 017 Percussive Organ 2

206 000 000 018 Rock Organ

207 000 064 018 Rotary Organ

208 000 065 018 Slow Rotary

209 000 066 018 Fast Rotary

210 000 000 019 Church Organ

211 000 032 019 Church Organ 3

212 000 035 019 Church Organ 2

213 000 040 019 Notre Dame

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

214 000 064 019 Organ Flute

215 000 065 019 Tremolo Organ Flute

216 000 000 020 Reed Organ

217 000 040 020 Puff Organ

218 000 000 021 Accordion

219 000 032 021 Accord It

220 000 000 022 Hamonica

221 000 032 022 Harmonica 2

222 000 000 023 Tango Accordion

223 000 064 023 Tango Accordion 2

GUITAR

224 000 000 024 Nylon Guitar

225 000 016 024 Nylon Guitar 2

226 000 025 024 Nylon Guitar 3

227 000 043 024 Velocity Guitar Harmonics

228 000 096 024 Ukulele

229 000 000 025 Steel Guitar

230 000 016 025 Steel Guitar 2

231 000 035 025 12-string Guitar

232 000 040 025 Nylon & Steel Guitar

233 000 041 025 Steel Guitar with Body Sound

234 000 096 025 Mandolin

235 000 000 026 Jazz Guitar

236 000 018 026 Mellow Guitar

237 000 032 026 Jazz Amp

238 000 000 027 Clean Guitar

239 000 032 027 Chorus Guitar

240 000 000 028 Muted Guitar

241 000 040 028 Funk Guitar 1

242 000 041 028 Muted Steel Guitar

243 000 043 028 Funk Guitar 2

244 000 045 028 Jazz Man

245 000 000 029 Overdriven Guitar

246 000 043 029 Guitar Pinch

247 000 000 030 Distortion Guitar

248 000 040 030 Feedback Guitar

249 000 041 030 Feedback Guitar 2

250 000 000 031 Guitar Harmonics

251 000 065 031 Guitar Feedback

252 000 066 031 Guitar Harmonics 2

BASS

253 000 000 032 Acoustic Bass

254 000 040 032 Jazz Rhythm

255 000 045 032

Velocity Crossfade Upright

Bass

256 000 000 033 Finger Bass

257 000 018 033 Finger Dark

258 000 027 033 Flange Bass

259 000 040 033

Bass & Distorted Electric Gui-

tar

260 000 043 033 Finger Slap Bass

261 000 045 033 Finger Bass 2

262 000 065 033 Modulated Bass

263 000 000 034 Pick Bass

264 000 028 034 Muted Pick Bass

265 000 000 035 Fretless Bass

266 000 032 035 Fretless Bass 2

267 000 033 035 Fretless Bass 3

268 000 034 035 Fretless Bass 4

269 000 096 035 Synth Fretless

270 000 097 035 Smooth Fretless

271 000 000 036 Slap Bass 1

272 000 027 036 Resonant Slap

273 000 032 036 Punch Thumb Bass

274 000 000 037 Slap Bass 2

275 000 043 037 Velocity Switch Slap

276 000 000 038 Synth Bass 1

277 000 018 038 Synth Bass 1 Dark

278 000 020 038 Fast Resonant Bass

279 000 024 038 Acid Bass

280 000 035 038 Clavi Bass

281 000 040 038 Techno Synth Bass

282 000 064 038 Orbiter

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

283 000 065 038 Square Bass

284 000 066 038 Rubber Bass

285 000 096 038 Hammer

286 000 000 039 Synth Bass 2

287 000 006 039 Mellow Synth Bass

288 000 012 039 Sequenced Bass

289 000 018 039 Click Synth Bass

290 000 019 039 Synth Bass 2 Dark

291 000 032 039 Smooth Synth Bass

292 000 040 039 Modular Synth Bass

293 000 041 039 DX Bass

294 000 064 039 X Wire Bass

VIOLIN etc.

295 000 000 040 Violin

296 000 008 040 Slow Violin

297 000 000 041 Viola

298 000 000 042 Cello

299 000 000 043 Contrabass

300 000 000 044 Tremolo Strings

301 000 008 044 Slow Tremolo Strings

302 000 040 044 Suspense Strings

303 000 000 045 Pizzicato Strings

304 000 000 046 Orchestral Harp

305 000 040 046 Yang Chin

306 000 000 047 Timpani

ENSEMBLE

307 000 000 048 Strings 1

308 000 003 048 Stereo Strings

309 000 008 048 Slow Strings

310 000 024 048 Arco Strings

311 000 035 048 60's Strings

312 000 040 048 Orchestra

313 000 041 048 Orchestra 2

314 000 042 048 Tremolo Orchestra

315 000 045 048 Velocity Strings

316 000 000 049 Strings 2

317 000 003 049 Stereo Slow Strings

318 000 008 049 Legato Strings

319 000 040 049 Warm Strings

320 000 041 049 Kingdom

321 000 064 049 70's Strings

322 000 065 049 String Ensemble 3

323 000 000 050 Synth Strings 1

324 000 027 050 Resonant Strings

325 000 064 050 Synth Strings 4

326 000 065 050 Synth Strings 5

327 000 000 051 Synth Strings 2

328 000 000 052 Choir Aahs

329 000 003 052 Stereo Choir

330 000 016 052 Choir Aahs 2

331 000 032 052 Mellow Choir

332 000 040 052 Choir Strings

333 000 000 053 Voice Oohs

334 000 000 054 Synth Voice

335 000 040 054 Synth Voice 2

336 000 041 054 Choral

337 000 064 054 Analog Voice

338 000 000 055 Orchestra Hit

339 000 035 055 Orchestra Hit 2

340 000 064 055 Impact

TRUMPET etc.

341 000 000 056 Trumpet

342 000 016 056 Trumpet 2

343 000 017 056 Bright Trumpet

344 000 032 056 Warm Trumpet

345 000 000 057 Trombone

346 000 018 057 Trombone 2

347 000 000 058 Tuba

348 000 016 058 Tuba 2

349 000 000 059 Muted Trumpet

350 000 000 060 French Horn

351 000 006 060 French Horn Solo

352 000 032 060 French Horn 2

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

353 000 037 060 Horn Orchestra

354 000 000 061 Brass Section

355 000 035 061 Trumpet & Trombone Section

356 000 040 061 Brass Section 2

357 000 041 061 High Brass

358 000 042 061 Mellow Brass

359 000 000 062 Synth Brass 1

360 000 012 062 Quack Brass

361 000 020 062 Resonant Synth Brass

362 000 024 062 Poly Brass

363 000 027 062 Synth Brass 3

364 000 032 062 Jump Brass

365 000 045 062 Analog Velocity Brass 1

366 000 064 062 Analog Brass 1

367 000 000 063 Synth Brass 2

368 000 018 063 Soft Brass

369 000 040 063 Synth Brass 4

370 000 041 063 Choir Brass

371 000 045 063 Analog Velocity Brass 2

372 000 064 063 Analog Brass 2

SAXOPHONE etc.

373 000 000 064 Soprano Sax

374 000 000 065 Alto Sax

375 000 040 065 Sax Section

376 000 043 065 Hyper Alto Sax

377 000 000 066 Tenor Sax

378 000 040 066 Breathy Tenor Sax

379 000 041 066 Soft Tenor Sax

380 000 064 066 Tenor Sax 2

381 000 000 067 Baritone Sax

382 000 000 068 Oboe

383 000 000 069 English Horn

384 000 000 070 Bassoon

385 000 000 071 Clarinet

FLUTE etc.

386 000 000 072 Piccolo

387 000 000 073 Flute

388 000 000 074 Recorder

389 000 000 075 Pan Flute

390 000 000 076 Blown Bottle

391 000 000 077 Shakuhachi

392 000 000 078 Whistle

393 000 000 079 Ocarina

SYNTH LEAD

394 000 000 080 Square Lead

395 000 006 080 Square Lead 2

396 000 008 080 LM Square

397 000 018 080 Hollow

398 000 019 080 Shroud

399 000 064 080 Mellow

400 000 065 080 Solo Sine

401 000 066 080 Sine Lead

402 000 000 081 Sawtooth Lead

403 000 006 081 Sawtooth Lead 2

404 000 008 081 Thick Sawtooth

405 000 018 081 Dynamic Sawtooth

406 000 019 081 Digital Sawtooth

407 000 020 081 Big Lead

408 000 024 081 Heavy Synth

409 000 025 081 Waspy Synth

410 000 040 081 Pulse Sawtooth

411 000 041 081 Dr. Lead

412 000 045 081 Velocity Lead

413 000 096 081 Sequenced Analog

414 000 000 082 Calliope Lead

415 000 065 082 Pure Pad

416 000 000 083 Chiff Lead

417 000 064 083 Rubby

418 000 000 084 Charang Lead

419 000 064 084 Distorted Lead

420 000 065 084 Wire Lead

421 000 000 085 Voice Lead

422 000 024 085 Synth Aahs

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

423 000 064 085 Vox Lead

424 000 000 086 Fifths Lead

425 000 035 086 Big Five

426 000 000 087 Bass & Lead

427 000 016 087 Big & Low

428 000 064 087 Fat & Perky

429 000 065 087 Soft Whirl

SYNTH PAD

430 000 000 088 New Age Pad

431 000 064 088 Fantasy

432 000 000 089 Warm Pad

433 000 016 089 Thick Pad

434 000 017 089 Soft Pad

435 000 018 089 Sine Pad

436 000 064 089 Horn Pad

437 000 065 089 Rotary Strings

438 000 000 090 Poly Synth Pad

439 000 064 090 Poly Pad 80

440 000 065 090 Click Pad

441 000 066 090 Analog Pad

442 000 067 090 Square Pad

443 000 000 091 Choir Pad

444 000 064 091 Heaven

445 000 066 091 Itopia

446 000 067 091 CC Pad

447 000 000 092 Bowed Pad

448 000 064 092 Glacier

449 000 065 092 Glass Pad

450 000 000 093 Metallic Pad

451 000 064 093 Tine Pad

452 000 065 093 Pan Pad

453 000 000 094 Halo Pad

454 000 000 095 Sweep Pad

455 000 020 095 Shwimmer

456 000 027 095 Converge

457 000 064 095 Polar Pad

458 000 066 095 Celestial

SYNTH EFFECT

459 000 000 096 Rain

460 000 045 096 Clavi Pad

461 000 064 096 Harmo Rain

462 000 065 096 African Wind

463 000 066 096 Carib

464 000 000 097 Sound Track

465 000 027 097 Prologue

466 000 064 097 Ancestral

467 000 000 098 Crystal

468 000 012 098 Synth Drum Comp

469 000 014 098 Popcorn

470 000 018 098 Tiny Bells

471 000 035 098 Round Glockenspiel

472 000 040 098 Glockenspiel Chimes

473 000 041 098 Clear Bells

474 000 042 098 Chorus Bells

475 000 064 098 Synth Mallet

476 000 065 098 Soft Crystal

477 000 066 098 Loud Glockenspiel

478 000 067 098 Christmas Bells

479 000 068 098 Vibraphone Bells

480 000 069 098 Digital Bells

481 000 070 098 Air Bells

482 000 071 098 Bell Harp

483 000 072 098 Gamelimba

484 000 000 099 Atmosphere

485 000 018 099 Warm Atmosphere

486 000 019 099 Hollow Release

487 000 040 099 Nylon Electric Piano

488 000 064 099 Nylon Harp

489 000 065 099 Harp Vox

490 000 066 099 Atmosphere Pad

491 000 067 099 Planet

492 000 000 100 Brightness

493 000 064 100 Fantasy Bells

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

■ ABC/DoReMi Voices

494 000 096 100 Smokey

495 000 000 101 Goblins

496 000 064 101 Goblins Synth

497 000 065 101 Creeper

498 000 066 101 Ring Pad

499 000 067 101 Ritual

500 000 068 101 To Heaven

501 000 070 101 Night

502 000 071 101 Glisten

503 000 096 101 Bell Choir

504 000 000 102 Echoes

505 000 008 102 Echoes 2

506 000 014 102 Echo Pan

507 000 064 102 Echo Bells

508 000 065 102 Big Pan

509 000 066 102 Synth Piano

510 000 067 102 Creation

511 000 068 102 Star Dust

512 000 069 102 Resonant & Panning

513 000 000 103 Sci-Fi

514 000 064 103 Starz

ETHNIC

515 000 000 104 Sitar

516 000 032 104 Detuned Sitar

517 000 035 104 Sitar 2

518 000 096 104 Tambra

519 000 097 104 Tamboura

520 000 000 105 Banjo

521 000 028 105 Muted Banjo

522 000 096 105 Rabab

523 000 097 105 Gopichant

524 000 098 105 Oud

525 000 000 106 Shamisen

526 000 000 107 Koto

527 000 096 107 Taisho-kin

528 000 097 107 Kanoon

529 000 000 108 Kalimba

530 000 000 109 Bagpipe

531 000 000 110 Fiddle

532 000 000 111 Shanai

533 000 064 111 Shanai 2

534 000 096 111 Pungi

535 000 097 111 Hichiriki

PERCUSSION

536 000 000 112 Tinkle Bell

537 000 096 112 Bonang

538 000 097 112 Altair

539 000 098 112 Gamelan Gongs

540 000 099 112 Stereo Gamelan Gongs

541 000 100 112 Rama Cymbal

542 000 101 112 Asian Bells

543 000 000 113 Agogo

544 000 000 114 Steel Drums

545 000 097 114 Glass Percussion

546 000 098 114 Thai Bells

547 000 000 115 Woodblock

548 000 096 115 Castanets

549 000 000 116 Taiko Drum

550 000 096 116 Gran Cassa

551 000 000 117 Melodic Tom

552 000 064 117 Melodic Tom 2

553 000 065 117 Real Tom

554 000 066 117 Rock Tom

555 000 000 118 Synth Drum

556 000 064 118 Analog Tom

557 000 065 118 Electronic Percussion

558 000 000 119 Reverse Cymbal

SOUND EFFECT

559 000 000 120 Fret Noise

560 000 000 121 Breath Noise

561 000 000 122 Seashore

562 000 000 123 Bird Tweet

563 000 000 124 Telephone Ring

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

564 000 000 125 Helicopter

565 000 000 126 Applause

566 000 000 127 Gunshot

SFX

567 064 000 000 Cutting Noise

568 064 000 001 Cutting Noise 2

569 064 000 003 String Slap

570 064 000 016 Flute Key Click

571 064 000 032 Shower

572 064 000 033 Thunder

573 064 000 034 Wind

574 064 000 035 Stream

575 064 000 036 Bubble

576 064 000 037 Feed

577 064 000 048 Dog

578 064 000 049 Horse

579 064 000 050 Bird Tweet 2

580 064 000 054 Ghost

581 064 000 055 Maou

582 064 000 064 Phone Call

583 064 000 065 Door Squeak

584 064 000 066 Door Slam

585 064 000 067 Scratch Cut

586 064 000 068 Scratch Split

587 064 000 069 Wind Chime

588 064 000 070 Telephone Ring 2

589 064 000 080 Car Engine Ignition

590 064 000 081 Car Tires Squeal

591 064 000 082 Car Passing

592 064 000 083 Car Crash

593 064 000 084 Siren

594 064 000 085 Train

595 064 000 086 Jet Plane

596 064 000 087 Starship

597 064 000 088 Burst

598 064 000 089 Roller Coaster

599 064 000 090 Submarine

600 064 000 096 Laugh

601 064 000 097 Scream

602 064 000 098 Punch

603 064 000 099 Heartbeat

604 064 000 100 Footsteps

605 064 000 112 Machine Gun

606 064 000 113 Laser Gun

607 064 000 114 Explosion

608 064 000 115 Firework

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

609 000 112 126 ABC (Oboe)

610 000 112 127 DoReMi (Oboe)

Voice#

Bank Select#

MIDI

Program

Change#

Voice Name

MSB# LSB#

Style List

No. Style Name

8 beat

1 8 Beat 1

2 8 Beat 2

3 8 Beat Adria

4 8 Beat Pop 1

5 British Pop

6 8 Beat Soft

16 beat

7 16 Beat 1

8 16 Beat 2

9 16 Beat 3

10 Soft Fusion

11 Hip Hop Pop

12 Cool Dance

13 16 Beat Funk

14 Funky Pop

15 16 Beat 4

Ballad

16 Piano Ballad

17 U.S. Ballad

18 Slow Rock

19 Modern 6/8

20 Guitar Ballad

21 Organ Ballad

22 Epic Ballad

23 16 Beat Ballad

24 Rock Ballad

25 Slow Ballad

26 Pop Ballad

Rock

27 Rock 1

28 Hard Rock

29 Rock & Roll

30 Twist

31 4/4 Blues

32 6/8 Rock

Dance

33 House

34 Eurobeat

35 Euro House

36 Trance

37 Clubdance

38 Techno

39 Hip Hop

40 Groundbeat

41 90's Disco

42 70's Disco

43 Disco Chocolate

44 Disco Funk

45 Disco Fox

46 Disco Party

47 Disco Latin

Swing & Jazz

48 Swing

49 Big Band 1

50 Big Band Ballad

51 Jazz Ballad

52 Jazz Trio

53 Boogie

54 Bebop

55 Big Band 2

56 Dixieland

Rhythm & Blues

57 Gospel Shufﬂe

58 R & B

59 Motown

60 Soul Shufﬂe

61 6/8 Blues

Country

62 Country Rock

63 Country 8 Beat

64 Country Pop

65 Country Swing

66 Bluegrass

67 Country Ballad

Latin

68 Samba Rio

69 Bossa Nova

70 Espanole

71 Swing Reggae

72 Salsa

73 Mambo

Ballroom

74 Slow Fox

75 Quickstep

76 Tango

77 Cha Cha Cha

78 Samba

79 Rhumba

80 Pasodoble

81 Jive

82 Beguine

83 Foxtrot

March & Waltz

84 U.S. March

85 German March

No. Style Name

86 6/8 March

87 Polka Pop

88 PolkaOberkrainer

89 Jazz Waltz

90 Country Waltz

91 Vienna Waltz

92 Slow Waltz

93 Orch. Waltz

94 WaltzOberkrainer

95 Musette

96 Guitar Waltz

Pianist

97 Stride

98 Boogie

99 Swing

100 Pianoman

101 Ballad

102 Ragtime

103 March

104 6/8 March

105 Waltz

106 Jazz Waltz

No. Style Name

Drum Kit List

* “←” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”.

* Each percussion voice uses one note.

* The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than listed. For example, in

“117: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H” (Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note#

24/Note C0).

Voice No. 117 118 119 120

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/001 127/000/008 127/000/16

Keyboard MIDI

Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit

Note# Note Note# Note

25 C#0 13 C#-1 Surdo Mute ←←←

26 D0 14 D-1 Surdo Open ←←←

27 D#0 15 D#-1 Hi Q ←←←

28 E0 16 E-1 Whip Slap ←←←

29 F0 17 F-1 Scratch Push ←←←

30 F#0 18 F#-1 Scratch Pull ←←←

31 G0 19 G-1 Finger Snap ←←←

32 G#0 20 G#-1 Click Noise ←←←

33 A0 21 A-1 Metronome Click ←←←

34 A#0 22 A#-1 Metronome Bell ←←←

35 B0 23 B-1 Seq Click L ←←←

36 C1 24 C0 Seq Click H ←←←

37 C#1 25 C#0 Brush Tap ←←←

38 D1 26 D0 Brush Swirl ←←←

39 D#1 27 D#0 Brush Slap ←←←

40 E1 28 E0 Brush Tap Swirl ←←←

41 F1 29 F0 Snare Roll ←←←

42 F#1 30 F#0 Castanet ←←←

43 G1 31 G0 Snare H Soft Snare H Soft 2 ← SD Rock H

44 G#1 32 G#0 Sticks ←←←

45 A1 33 A0 Bass Drum Soft ←←←

46 A#1 34 A#0 Open Rim Shot Open Rim Shot 2 ←←

47 B1 35 B0 Bass Drum Hard ←←Bass Drum H

48 C2 36 C1 Bass Drum Bass Drum 2 ← BD Rock

49 C#2 37 C#1 Side Stick ←←←

50 D2 38 D1 Snare M Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L

51 D#2 39 D#1 Hand Clap ←←←

52 E2 40 E1 Snare H Hard Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H SD Rock Rim

53 F2 41 F1 Floor Tom L ← Room Tom 1 Rock Tom 1

54 F#2 42 F#1 Hi-Hat Closed ←←←

55 G2 43 G1 Floor Tom H ← Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2

56 G#2 44 G#1 Hi-Hat Pedal ←←←

57 A2 45 A1 Low Tom ← Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3

58 A#2 46 A#1 Hi-Hat Open ←←←

59 B2 47 B1 Mid Tom L ← Room Tom 4 Rock Tom 4

60 C3 48 C2 Mid Tom H ← Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 5

61 C#3 49 C#2 Crash Cymbal 1 ←←←

62 D3 50 D2 High Tom ← Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6

63 D#3 51 D#2 Ride Cymbal 1 ←←←

64 E3 52 E2 Chinese Cymbal ←←←

65 F3 53 F2 Ride Cymbal Cup ←←←

66 F#3 54 F#2 Tambourine ←←←

67 G3 55 G2 Splash Cymbal ←←←

68 G#3 56 G#2 Cowbell ←←←

69 A3 57 A2 Crash Cymbal 2 ←←←

70 A#3 58 A#2 Vibraslap ←←←

71 B3 59 B2 Ride Cymbal 2 ←←←

72 C4 60 C3 Bongo H ←←←

73 C#4 61 C#3 Bongo L ←←←

74 D4 62 D3 Conga H Mute ←←←

75 D#4 63 D#3 Conga H Open ←←←

76 E4 64 E3 Conga L ←←←

77 F4 65 F3 Timbale H ←←←

78 F#4 66 F#3 Timbale L ←←←

79 G4 67 G3 Agogo H ←←←

80 G#4 68 G#3 Agogo L ←←←

81 A4 69 A3 Cabasa ←←←

82 A#4 70 A#3 Maracas ←←←

83 B4 71 B3 Samba Whistle H ←←←

84 C5 72 C4 Samba Whistle L ←←←

85 C#5 73 C#4 Guiro Short ←←←

86 D5 74 D4 Guiro Long ←←←

87 D#5 75 D#4 Claves ←←←

88 E5 76 E4 Wood Block H ←←←

89 F5 77 F4 Wood Block L ←←←

90 F#5 78 F#4 Cuica Mute ←←←

91 G5 79 G4 Cuica Open ←←←

92 G#5 80 G#4 Triangle Mute ←←←

93 A5 81 A4 Triangle Open ←←←

94 A#5 82 A#4 Shaker ←←←

95 B5 83 B4 Jingle Bell ←←←

96 C6 84 C5 Bell Tree ←←←

Voice No. 117 118 119 120

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/001 127/000/008 127/000/16

Keyboard MIDI

Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit

Note# Note Note# Note

Voice No. 121 122 123 124

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/24 127/000/25 127/000/27 127/000/32

Keyboard MIDI

Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit

Note# Note Note# Note

25 C#0 13 C#-1 ←←←←

26 D0 14 D-1 ←←←←

27 D#0 15 D#-1 ←←←←

28 E0 16 E-1 ←←←←

29 F0 17 F-1 ←←←←

30 F#0 18 F#-1 ←←←←

31 G0 19 G-1 ←←←←

32 G#0 20 G#-1 ←←←←

33 A0 21 A-1 ←←←←

34 A#0 22 A#-1 ←←←←

35 B0 23 B-1 ←←←←

36 C1 24 C0 ←←←←

37 C#1 25 C#0 ←←←←

38 D1 26 D0 ←←←←

39 D#1 27 D#0 ←←←←

40 E1 28 E0 Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal ←

41 F1 29 F0 ←←←←

42 F#1 30 F#0 Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2 ←

43 G1 31 G0 Snare L SD Rock H AnSD Snappy SD Jazz H Light

44 G#1 32 G#0 ←←←←

45 A1 33 A0 Bass Drum H Bass Drum H AnBD Dance-1 ←

46 A#1 34 A#0 ←←←←

47 B1 35 B0 BD Rock BD Analog L AnBD Dance-2 ←

48 C2 36 C1 BD Gate BD Analog H AnBD Dance-3 BD Jazz

49 C#2 37 C#1 ← Analog Side Stick Analog Side Stick ←

50 D2 38 D1 SD Rock L Analog Snare 1 AnSD Q SD Jazz L

51 D#2 39 D#1 ←←←←

52 E2 40 E1 SD Rock H Analog Snare 2 AnSD Ana+Acoustic SD Jazz M

53 F2 41 F1 E Tom 1 Analog Tom 1 Analog Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1

54 F#2 42 F#1 ← Analog HH Closed 1 Analog HH Closed 3 ←

55 G2 43 G1 E Tom 2 Analog Tom 2 Analog Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2

56 G#2 44 G#1 ← Analog HH Closed 2 Analog HH Closed 4 ←

57 A2 45 A1 E Tom 3 Analog Tom 3 Analog Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3

58 A#2 46 A#1 ← Analog HH Open Analog HH Open 2 ←

59 B2 47 B1 E Tom 4 Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4

60 C3 48 C2 E Tom 5 Analog Tom 5 Analog Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5

61 C#3 49 C#2 ← Analog Cymbal Analog Cymbal ←

62 D3 50 D2 E Tom 6 Analog Tom 6 Analog Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6

63 D#3 51 D#2 ←←←←

64 E3 52 E2 ←←←←

65 F3 53 F2 ←←←←

66 F#3 54 F#2 ←←←←

67 G3 55 G2 ←←←←

68 G#3 56 G#2 ← Analog Cowbell Analog Cowbell ←

69 A3 57 A2 ←←←←

70 A#3 58 A#2 ←←←←

71 B3 59 B2 ←←←←

72 C4 60 C3 ←←←←

73 C#4 61 C#3 ←←←←

74 D4 62 D3 ← Analog Conga H Analog Conga H ←

75 D#4 63 D#3 ← Analog Conga M Analog Conga M ←

76 E4 64 E3 ← Analog Conga L Analog Conga L ←

77 F4 65 F3 ←←←←

78 F#4 66 F#3 ←←←←

79 G4 67 G3 ←←←←

80 G#4 68 G#3 ←←←←

81 A4 69 A3 ←←←←

82 A#4 70 A#3 ← Analog Maracas Analog Maracas ←

83 B4 71 B3 ←←←←

84 C5 72 C4 ←←←←

85 C#5 73 C#4 ←←←←

86 D5 74 D4 ←←←←

87 D#5 75 D#4 ← Analog Claves Analog Claves ←

88 E5 76 E4 ←←←←

89 F5 77 F4 ←←←←

90 F#5 78 F#4 Scratch Push Scratch Push Scratch Push ←

91 G5 79 G4 Scratch Pull Scratch Pull Scratch Pull ←

92 G#5 80 G#4 ←←←←

93 A5 81 A4 ←←←←

94 A#5 82 A#4 ←←←←

95 B5 83 B4 ←←←←

96 C6 84 C5 ←←←←

Voice No. 121 122 123 124

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/24 127/000/25 127/000/27 127/000/32

Keyboard MIDI

Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit

Note# Note Note# Note

Voice No. 125 126 127 128

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/40 127/000/48 126/000/000 126/000/001

Keyboard MIDI

Brush Kit Symphonic Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2

Note# Note Note# Note

25 C#0 13 C#-1 ←←

26 D0 14 D-1 ←←

27 D#0 15 D#-1 ←←

28 E0 16 E-1 ←←

29 F0 17 F-1 ←←

30 F#0 18 F#-1 ←←

31 G0 19 G-1 ←←

32 G#0 20 G#-1 ←←

33 A0 21 A-1 ←←

34 A#0 22 A#-1 ←←

35 B0 23 B-1 ←←

36 C1 24 C0 ←←

37 C#1 25 C#0 ←←

38 D1 26 D0 ←←

39 D#1 27 D#0 ←←

40 E1 28 E0 ←←

41 F1 29 F0 ←←

42 F#1 30 F#0 ←←

43 G1 31 G0 Brush Slap L ←

44 G#1 32 G#0 ←←

45 A1 33 A0 ← Bass Drum L

46 A#1 34 A#0 ←←

47 B1 35 B0 ← Gran Cassa

48 C2 36 C1 BD Jazz Gran Cassa Mute Cutting Noise Phone Call

49 C#2 37 C#1 ←←Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak

50 D2 38 D1 Brush Slap Marching Sn M Door Slam

51 D#2 39 D#1 ←←String Slap Scratch Cut

52 E2 40 E1 Brush Tap Marching Sn H Scratch

53 F2 41 F1 Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Wind Chime

54 F#2 42 F#1 ←← Telephone Ring 2

55 G2 43 G1 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2

56 G#2 44 G#1 ←←

57 A2 45 A1 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3

58 A#2 46 A#1 ←←

59 B2 47 B1 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4

60 C3 48 C2 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5

61 C#3 49 C#2 ← Hand Cym. L

62 D3 50 D2 Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6

63 D#3 51 D#2 ← Hand Cym.Short L

64 E3 52 E2 ←←Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition

65 F3 53 F2 ←← Car Tires Squeal

66 F#3 54 F#2 ←← Car Passing

67 G3 55 G2 ←← Car Crash

68 G#3 56 G#2 ←← Siren

69 A3 57 A2 ← Hand Cym. H Train

70 A#3 58 A#2 ←← Jet Plane

71 B3 59 B2 ← Hand Cym.Short H Starship

72 C4 60 C3 ←← Burst

73 C#4 61 C#3 ←← Roller Coaster

74 D4 62 D3 ←← Submarine

75 D#4 63 D#3 ←←

76 E4 64 E3 ←←

77 F4 65 F3 ←←

78 F#4 66 F#3 ←←

79 G4 67 G3 ←←

80 G#4 68 G#3 ←←Shower Laugh

81 A4 69 A3 ←←Thunder Scream

82 A#4 70 A#3 ←←Wind Punch

83 B4 71 B3 ←←Stream Heartbeat

84 C5 72 C4 ←←Bubble FootSteps

85 C#5 73 C#4 ←←Feed

86 D5 74 D4 ←←

87 D#5 75 D#4 ←←

88 E5 76 E4 ←←

89 F5 77 F4 ←←

90 F#5 78 F#4 ←←

91 G5 79 G4 ←←

92 G#5 80 G#4 ←←

93 A5 81 A4 ←←

94 A#5 82 A#4 ←←

95 B5 83 B4 ←←

96 C6 84 C5 ←←Dog Machine Gun

97 C#6 85 C#5 Horse Laser Gun

98 D6 86 D5 Bird Tweet 2 Explosion

99 D#6 87 D#5 Firework

100 E6 88 E5

101 F6 89 F5

102 F#6 90 F#5 Ghost

103 G6 91 G5 Maou

Voice No. 125 126 127 128

MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/40 127/000/48 126/000/000 126/000/001

Keyboard MIDI

Brush Kit Symphonic Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2

Note# Note Note# Note

Effect Type List

■ Reverb Types

■ DSP Types

No. Reverb Type Display Name Description

1 Hall 1 Hall1 Concert hall reverb.

2 Hall 2 Hall2

3 Room 1 Room1 Small room reverb.

4 Room 2 Room2

5 Stage 1 Stage1 Reverb for solo instruments.

6 Stage 2 Stage2

7 Plate 1 Plate1 Simulated steel plate reverb.

8 Plate 2 Plate2

9 Off Off No effect.

No. DSP Type Display Name Description

1 Hall 1 Hall1 Concert hall reverb.

2 Hall 2 Hall2

3 Room 1 Room1 Small room reverb.

4 Room 2 Room2

5 Stage 1 Stage1 Reverb for solo instruments.

6 Stage 2 Stage2

7 Plate 1 Plate1 Simulated steel plate reverb.

8 Plate 2 Plate2

9 Early Reﬂection 1 ER1 Early reﬂections only.

10 Early Reﬂection 2 ER2

11 Gate Reverb Gate1 Gated reverb effect, in which the reverberation is quickly cut off

for special effects.

12 Reverse Gate Gate2 Similar to Gate Reverb, but with a reverse increase in reverb.

13 Chorus 1 Chorus1 Conventional chorus effect with rich, warm chorusing.

14 Chorus 2 Chorus2

15 Flanger 1 Flanger1 Pronounced three-phase modulation with slight metallic sound.

16 Flanger 2 Flanger2

17 Symphonic Symphony Exceptionally rich & deep chorusing.

18 Phaser Phaser Pronounced, metallic modulation with periodic phase change.

19 Rotary Speaker 1 Rotary1 Rotary speaker simulation.

20 Rotary Speaker 2 Rotary2

21 Tremolo 1 Tremolo1 Rich Tremolo effect with both volume and pitch modulation.

22 Tremolo 2 Tremolo2

23 Guitar Tremolo Guitar Tremolo Simulated electric guitar tremolo.

24 Auto Pan Auto Pan Several panning effects that automatically shift the sound posi-

tion (left, right, front, back).

25 Auto Wah Auto Wah Repeating ﬁlter sweep “wah” effect.

26 Delay Left - Center -

Right

DelayLCR Three independent delays, for the left, right and center stereo

positions.

27 Delay Left - Right DelayLR Initial delay for each stereo channel, and two separate feedback

delays.

28 Echo Echo Stereo delay, with independent feedback level settings for each

channel.

29 Cross Delay CrossDly Complex effect that sends the delayed repeats “bouncing”

between the left and right channels.

30 Karaoke Karaoke Deep, pronounced echo effect.

31 Distortion Hard D Hard Hard-edged, warm distortion.

32 Distortion Soft D Soft Soft, warm distortion.

33 Overdrive Overdrv Natural distortion, like that of an overdriven ampliﬁer.

34 Amp Simulation AmpSimu Characteristic sound of a guitar ampliﬁer/speaker.

■ Harmony Types

35 EQ Disco EQ Disco Equalizer effect that boosts both high and low frequencies, as is

typical in most disco music.

36 EQ Telephone EQ Tel Equalizer effect that cuts both high and low frequencies, to simu-

late the sound heard through a telephone receiver.

37 3Band EQ 3BandEQ Equalizer with three separate frequency bands.

38 2Band EQ 2BandEQ Equalizer with two separate frequency bands.

39 No Effect Off No effect

No. DSP Type Display Name Description

No. Harmony Type Display Name Description

1 Duet Duet Harmony types 1–5 are pitch-based and add one-, two- or three-

note harmonies to the single-note melody played in the right

hand.

These types only sound when chords are played in the auto

accompaniment section of the keyboard.

2 Trio Trio

3 Block Block

4 Country Country

5 Octave Octave

6 Trill 1/4 note Tril1/4 Types 6 - 26 are rhythm-based effects and add embellishments

or delayed repeats in time with the auto accompaniment. These

types sound whether the auto accompaniment is on or not; how-

ever, the actual speed of the effect depends on the Tempo set-

ting (page 54).

The individual note values in each type let you synchronize the

effect precisely to the rhythm. Triplet settings are also available:

1/6 = quarter-note triplets, 1/12 = eighth-note triplets, 1/24 = six-

teenth-note triplets.

• The Trill effect Types (6–12) create two-note trills (alternating

notes) when two notes are held.

• The Tremolo effect Types (13–19) repeat all held notes (up to

four).

• The Echo effect Types (20–26) create delayed repeats of each

note played.

7 Trill 1/6 note Tril1/6

8 Trill 1/8 note Tril1/8

9 Trill 1/12 note Tril1/12

10 Trill 1/16 note Tril1/16

11 Trill 1/24 note Tril1/24

12 Trill 1/32 note Tril1/32

13 Tremolo 1/4 note Trem1/4

14 Tremolo 1/6 note Trem1/6

15 Tremolo 1/8 note Trem1/8

16 Tremolo 1/12 note Trem1/12

17 Tremolo 1/16 note Trem1/16

18 Tremolo 1/24 note Trem1/24

19 Tremolo 1/32 note Trem1/32

20 Echo 1/4 note Echo1/4

21 Echo 1/6 note Echo1/6

22 Echo 1/8 note Echo1/8

23 Echo 1/12 note Echo1/12

24 Echo 1/16 note Echo1/16

25 Echo 1/24 note Echo1/24

26 Echo 1/32 note Echo1/32

YAMAHA [ Portable Keyboard ] Date:26-JAN-2001

Model EZ-30 MIDI Implementation Chart Version : 1.0

Transmitted Recognized Remarks

Function...

Basic Default 1 - 16 1 - 16 *1

Channel Changed 1 - 16 1 - 16 *1

Default 3 3

Mode Messages x x

Altered ************** x

Note 0 - 127 0 - 127

Number : True voice ************** 0 - 127

Velocity Note ON o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=1-127

Note OFF o 9nH,v=0 o 9nH,v=0 or 8nH

After Key's x x

Touch Ch's x x

Pitch Bend x o

0,32 o o Bank Select

1 x *2 o Modulation wheel

6,38 x *2 o Data Entry

7o o Part Volume

Control 10 x o Pan

11 x *2 o Expression

Change 64 o o Sustain

71 x *2 o Harmonic Content

72 x *2 o Release Time

73 x *2 o Attack Time

74 x *2 o Brightness

91,93,94 x o Effect Depth

96,97 x o RPN Inc,Dec

100,101 x *2 o RPN LSB,MSB

84 x *2 o Portamento Cntrl

Prog o 0 - 127 o 0 - 127

MIDI Implementation Chart

96,97 x o RPN Inc,Dec

100,101 x *2 o RPN LSB,MSB

Prog o 0 - 127 o 0 - 127

Change : True # **************

System Exclusive o *3 o *3

: Song Pos. x x

Common : Song Sel. x x

: Tune x x

System : Clock o o

Real Time: Commands o *4 o *4

Aux :All Sound OFF x o(120,126,127)

:Reset All Cntrls x o(121)

:Local ON/OFF x o(122) *5

:All Notes OFF x o(123-125)

Mes- :Active Sense o o

sages:Reset x x

Mode 1 : OMNI ON , POLY Mode 2 : OMNI ON ,MONO o : Yes

Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY Mode 4 : OMNI OFF,MONO x : No

100

NOTE:

*1 By default (factory settings) the EZ-30 ordinarily functions as

a 16-channel multi-timbral tone generator, and incoming

data does not affect the panel voices or panel settings.

However, the MIDI messages listed below do affect the

panel voices, auto accompaniment, and songs.

• MIDI Master Tuning

• System exclusive messages for changing the Reverb

Type, Chorus Type, and DSP Type.

*2 Messages for these control change numbers cannot be

transmitted from the EZ-30 itself. However, they may be

transmitted when playing the accompaniment, song or using

the Harmony effect.

*3 Exclusive

<GM System ON> F0H, 7EH, 7FH, 09H, 01H, F7H

• This message automatically restores all default settings

for the instrument, with the exception of MIDI Master

Tuning.

<MIDI Master Volume> F0H, 7FH, 7FH, 04H, 01H, ll, mm,

F7H

• This message allows the volume of all channels to be

changed simultaneously (Universal System Exclusive).

• The values of “mm” is used for MIDI Master Tuning.

(Values for “ll” are ignored.)

<MIDI Master Tuning> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 27H, 30H, 00H, 00H,

mm, ll, cc, F7H

• This message simultaneously changes the tuning value

of all channels.

• The values of “mm” and “ll” are used for MIDI Master

Tuning.

• The default value of “mm” and “ll” are 08H and 00H,

respectively. Any values can be used for “n” and “cc.”

<Reverb Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 00H, mmH,

llH, F7H

• mm : Reverb Type MSB

• ll : Reverb Type LSB

Refer to the Effect Map (page 101) for details.

<Chorus Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 20H, mmH,

llH, F7H

• mm : Chorus Type MSB

• ll : Chorus Type LSB

Refer to the Effect Map (page 101) for details.

<DSP Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 40H, mmH,

llH, F7H

• mm : DSP Type MSB

• ll : DSP Type LSB

Refer to the Effect Map (page 101) for details.

<DRY Level> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 08H, 0mH, 11H, llH,

F7H

• ll : Dry Level

• 0m : Channel Number

*4 When the accompaniment is started, an FAH message is

transmitted. When accompaniment is stopped, an FCH mes-

sage is transmitted.When the clock is set to External, both

FAH (accompaniment start) and FCH (accompaniment stop)

are recognized.

*5 Local ON/OFF

<Local ON> Bn, 7A, 7F

<Local OFF> Bn, 7A, 00

Value for “n” is ignored.

101

■ Effect map

* If the received value does not contain an effect type in the TYPE LSB, the LSB will be directed to TYPE 0.

* The numbers in parentheses in front of the Effect Type names correspond to the number indicated in the display.

* By using an external sequencer, which is capable of editing and transmitting the system exclusive messages and parameter

changes, you can select the Reverb, Chorus and DSP effect types which are not accessible from the EZ-30 panel itself. When

one of the effects is selected by the external sequencer, “ - ” will be shown on the display.

●REVERB

●CHORUS

●DSP

TYPE

MSB

TYPE LSB

00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20

000 No Effect

001 (1)Hall1 (2)Hall2

002 Room (3)Room1 (4)Room2

003 Stage (5)Stage1 (6)Stage2

004 Plate (7)Plate1 (8)Plate2

005...127 No Effect

TYPE

MSB

TYPE LSB

00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20

000...064 No Effect

065 Chorus Chorus2

066 Celeste Chorus1

067 Flanger Flanger1 Flanger2

068...127 No Effect

TYPE

MSB

TYPE LSB

00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20

000 No Effect

001 (1)Hall1 (2)Hall2

002 Room (3)Room1 (4)Room2

003 Stage (5)Stage1 (6)Stage2

004 Plate (7)Plate1 (8)Plate2

005

Delay L,C,R (26)Delay

L,C,R

006 (27)Delay L,R

007 (28)Echo

008

(29)Cross

Delay

009

(9)Early

Reﬂection1

(10)Early

Reﬂection2

010

(11)Gate

Reverb

011

(12)Reverse

Gate

012...019 No Effect

020 (30)Karaoke

021...064 No Effect

065 Chorus (14)Chorus2

066 Celeste (13)Chorus1

067 Flanger (15)Flanger1 (16)Flanger2

068

Symphonic (17)Sym-

phonic

069

Rotary

Speaker

(19)Rotary

Speaker1

070 Tremolo (21)Tremolo1

071

Auto Pan (24)Auto Pan (20)Rotary

Speaker2

(22)Tremolo2 (23)Guitar

Tremolo

072 (18)Phaser

073 Distortion

074 (33)Overdrive

075

(34)Amp Sim-

ulation

(31)Distortion

Hard

(32)Distortion

Soft

076

(36)3Band EQ (35)EQ Tele-

phone

077 (37)2Band EQ

078 Auto Wah (25)Auto Wah

079...127 No Effect

102

Speciﬁcations

Keyboards

• 61 standard-size keys (C1–

C6), with Touch Response

and Light Guide

Display

• Large multi-function LCD

display (backlit)

Setup

• STANDBY/ON

• MASTER VOLUME : MIN

- MAX

Panel Controls

• OVERALL (L, R), SONG,

VOICE, STYLE, PORTA-

BLE GRAND,

METRONOME, ABC/

DoReMi, [0]–[9], [+](YES),

[–](NO), DEMO, TOUCH,

HARMONY, Dict., L, R,

TEMPO/TAP

Voice

• 610 voices (including 480

Expanded voices)

• Polyphony : 32

Auto Accompaniment

• 106 styles

• Accompaniment Control :

ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC

STOP, SYNC START,

START/STOP, INTRO/

ENDING, MAIN A/

B(AUTO FILL)

• Fingering : Multi fingering

• Accompaniment Volume

Yamaha Educational Suite

• Dictionary

• Lesson 1–3

One Touch Setting

• Voice (for each style or

song)

Overall controls

• Octave

• Transpose

• Tuning

• Accompaniment Volume

• Song Volume

• Metronome Volume

• MIDI

• Light

• ABC/DoReMi

• Reverb

• DSP

• Harmony

• Grade

• Talking

Effects

• Reverb : 8 types

• DSP : 37 types

• Harmony : 26 types

Song

• 100 Songs + 5 User Songs

+ max. 99 Flash Songs

(Up to 488 KB)

• Song Clear, Track Clear

Recording

• Song

User Song : 5 Songs

Real Time Recording

Recording Tracks : 1, 2,

3, 4, 5, CHORD

• Flash Memory

Flash Song : max. 99

Songs

Memory size: 488 KB

MIDI

• Initial Send

• Local Control

• Bulk Dump

Auxiliary jacks

• PHONES/OUTPUT, DC

IN 10-12V, MIDI IN/OUT,

SUSTAIN

Amplifier

• 6 W + 6 W (When using

PA-5C power adaptor)

• 4 W + 4 W (When using

batteries)

Speakers

• 12 cm x 2 + 3 cm x 2

Power Supply

• Adaptor : Yamaha PA-5C

AC power adaptor

• Batteries : Six “D” size,

R20P(LR20) or equivalent

batteries

Power Consumption

• 20 W (when using PA-5C

power adaptor)

Dimensions (W x D x H)

• 933 x 370 x 129 mm

Weight

• 6.2 kg

Supplied Accessories

• Music Stand

• Owner’s Manual

• Song Book

Optional Accessories

• Headphones : HPE-150

• AC power adaptor : PA-5C

• Footswitch : FC4, FC5

• Keyboard stand : L-2L, L-

* Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information purposes only.

Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify products or specifications at any time

without prior notice. Since specifications, equipment or options may not be the same in every

locale, please check with your Yamaha dealer.

103

Index

Misc.

+/– buttons.......................... 23

ABC/DoReMi ...................... 43

AC Power adaptor................. 8

accompaniment sections..... 62

Accompaniment Volume .... 61

Auto Accompaniment ......... 51

auxiliary jacks....................... 9

Bank ................................... 64

Batteries................................ 8

Beat indicators .................... 27

Bulk Dump ......................... 80

Chord Names...................... 56

Chord Type......................... 56

Chords, About..................... 59

Chords, Fingered................. 56

Chords, Single Finger .......... 55

DEMO button ..................... 28

Demo songs........................ 28

Dictionary........................... 58

Drum Kit List....................... 91

DSP .................................... 49

DSP types ........................... 96

Effects ................................. 48

Ending ................................ 63

Expanded voices ................. 42

Fill-in .................................. 62

Fingered chords .................. 56

Flash Clear.......................... 74

Flash memory ..................... 71

Flash songs ......................... 71

Footswitch ............................ 9

GM System Level 1 ............. 76

Grade ................................. 37

Harmony.............................50

Harmony types....................97

Headphones..........................9

Initial Send ..........................81

Initialization ........................84

Intro ....................................62

Lesson .................................34

Light Guide .........................32

Local Control.......................79

Main A/B.............................62

Metronome..........................39

MIDI....................................75

MIDI channels.....................75

MIDI Implementation Chart.98

MIDI LSB Receive cancel ....77

MIDI terminals ....................77

Multi Fingering....................55

Music Stand...........................9

numeric keypad...................25

Octave ................................73

One Touch Setting...............43

Overall buttons....................23

PHONES/OUTPUT jack ........9

Portable Grand....................39

Quick Guide .......................12

RECORD button ..................66

recording, song....................66

Registration Memory ...........64

Reverb.................................48

Reverb types........................96

Root ....................................59

sections (accompaniment)... 62

Single Finger chords............ 55

Song Clear .......................... 69

Song Filer............................ 71

SONG MEMORY ................ 66

song recording .................... 66

Song Volume ...................... 32

songs, recording.................. 66

songs, selecting and playing 28

Specifications.................... 102

Split Point ........................... 44

styles, selecting ................... 51

SUSTAIN .............................. 9

Sync Start............................ 52

Sync Stop............................ 52

Talking................................ 38

Tap ..................................... 31

Tempo (song) ...................... 31

Tempo (style) ...................... 54

Time Signature.................... 40

TOUCH button ................... 47

Touch Sensitivity................. 47

track (song) ......................... 66

Track Clear ......................... 70

tracks, muting ..................... 29

Transpose ........................... 45

Troubleshooting.................. 83

Tuning ................................ 46

User songs .......................... 66

Voice List............................ 85

voices, selecting and playing42

Limited Warranty

90 DAYS LABOR 1 YEAR PARTS

Yamaha Corporation of America, hereafter referred to as Yamaha, warrants to the original consumer of a product included in the

categories listed below, that the product will be free of defects in materials and/or workmanship for the periods indicated. This

warranty is applicable to all models included in the following series of products:

PSR SERIES OF PORTATONE ELECTRONIC KEYBOARDS

If during the ﬁrst 90 days that immediately follows the purchase date, your new Yamaha product covered by this warranty is

found to have a defect in material and/or workmanship, Yamaha and/or its authorized representative will repair such defect with-

out charge for parts or labor.

If parts should be required after this 90 day period but within the one year period that immediately follows the purchase date,

Yamaha will, subject to the terms of this warranty, supply these parts without charge. However, charges for labor, and/or any mis-

cellaneous expenses incurred are the consumers responsibility. Yamaha reserves the right to utilize reconditioned parts in repair-

ing these products and/or to use reconditioned units as warranty replacements.

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY WHICH YAMAHA MAKES IN CONNECTION WITH

THESE PRODUCTS. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE WAR-

RANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. YAMAHA

EXCLUDES AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY EVENT FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

Some states do not allow limitations that relate to implied warranties and/or the exclusion of incidental or consequential dam-

ages. Therefore, these limitations and exclusions may not apply to you.

This warranty gives you speciﬁc legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITIES

If warranty service should be required, it is necessary that the consumer assume certain responsibilities:

1. Contact the Customer Service Department of the retailer selling the product, or any retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell

the product for assistance. You may also contact Yamaha directly at the address provided below.

2. Deliver the unit to be serviced under warranty to: the retailer selling the product, an authorized service center, or to Yamaha

with an explanation of the problem. Please be prepared to provide proof purchase date (sales receipt, credit card copy, etc.)

when requesting service and/or parts under warranty.

3. Shipping and/or insurance costs are the consumers responsibility.* Units shipped for service should be packed securely.

*Repaired units will be returned PREPAID if warranty service is required within the ﬁrst 90 days.

IMPORTANT: Do NOT ship anything to ANY location without prior authorization. A Return Authorization (RA) will

be issued that has a tracking number assigned that will expedite the servicing of your unit and provide a tracking system

if needed.

4. Your owners manual contains important safety and operating instructions. It is your responsibility to be aware of the contents

of this manual and to follow all safety precautions.

EXCLUSIONS

This warranty does not apply to units whose trade name, trademark, and/or ID numbers have been altered, defaced, exchanged

removed, or to failures and/or damages that may occur as a result of:

1. Neglect, abuse, abnormal strain, modiﬁcation or exposure to extremes in temperature or humidity.

2. Improper repair or maintenance by any person who is not a service representative of a retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to

sell the product, an authorized service center, or an authorized service representative of Yamaha.

3. This warranty is applicable only to units sold by retailers authorized by Yamaha to sell these products in the U.S.A., the Dis-

trict of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. This warranty is not applicable in other possessions or territories of the U.S.A. or in any

other country.

Please record the model and serial number of the product you have purchased in the spaces provided below.

Model___________________________ Serial #________________________________ Sales Slip

#________________________________

Purchased from____________________________________________________________

Date______________________________________

(Retailer)

YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA

Electronic Service Division

6600 Orangethorpe Avenue

Buena Park, CA 90620

KEEP THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS. DO NOT MAIL!

HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation, Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: 053-460-3273

[PK] 21

For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha or the

authorized distributor listed below.

Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou

au distributeur le plus proche de vous ﬁgurant dans la liste suivante.

Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten

Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen

Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.

Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana

o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.

CANADA

Yamaha Canada Music Ltd.

135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario,

M1S 3R1, Canada

Tel: 416-298-1311

U.S.A.

Yamaha Corporation of America

6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620,

U.S.A.

Tel: 714-522-9011

MEXICO

Yamaha de Mexico S.A. De C.V.,

Departamento de ventas

Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del

Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F.

Tel: 686-00-33

BRAZIL

Yamaha Musical do Brasil LTDA.

Av. Rebouças 2636, São Paulo, Brasil

Tel: 011-853-1377

ARGENTINA

Yamaha Music Argentina S.A.

Viamonte 1145 Piso2-B 1053,

Buenos Aires, Argentina

Tel: 1-4371-7021

PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN

AMERICAN COUNTRIES/

CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha de Panama S.A.

Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella,

Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia,

Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá

Tel: 507-269-5311

THE UNITED KINGDOM

Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd.

Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes,

MK7 8BL, England

Tel: 01908-366700

IRELAND

Danfay Ltd.

61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin

Tel: 01-2859177

GERMANY/SWITZERLAND

Yamaha Europa GmbH.

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen,

F.R. of Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

AUSTRIA

Yamaha Music Austria

Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien Austria

Tel: 01-60203900

THE NETHERLANDS

Yamaha Music Nederland

Kanaalweg 18G, 3526KL, Utrecht, The Netherlands

Tel: 030-2828411

BELGIUM

Yamaha Music Belgium

Keiberg Imperiastraat 8, 1930 Zaventem, Belgium

Tel: 02-7258220

FRANCE

Yamaha Musique France,

Division Claviers

BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vallée Cedex 2, France

Tel: 01-64-61-4000

ITALY

Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A.

Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy

Tel: 02-935-771

SPAIN/PORTUGAL

Yamaha-Hazen Electronica Musical, S.A.

Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230

Las Rozas (Madrid) Spain

Tel: 91-201-0700

GREECE

Philippe Nakas S.A.

Navarinou Street 13, P.Code 10680, Athens, Greece

Tel: 01-364-7111

SWEDEN

Yamaha Scandinavia AB

J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1

Box 30053

S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden

Tel: 031 89 34 00

DENMARK

YS Copenhagen Liaison Ofﬁce

Generatorvej 8B

DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark

Tel: 44 92 49 00

FINLAND

F-Musiikki Oy

Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260,

SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland

Tel: 09 618511

NORWAY

Norsk ﬁlial av Yamaha Scandinavia AB

Grini Næringspark 1

N-1345 Østerås, Norway

Tel: 67 16 77 70

ICELAND

Skifan HF

Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120

IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland

Tel: 525 5000

OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Europa GmbH.

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen,

F.R. of Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Paciﬁc Music Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: 053-460-2312

TURKEY/CYPRUS

Yamaha Europa GmbH.

Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen,

F.R. of Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

OTHER COUNTRIES

Yamaha Music Gulf FZE

LB21-128 Jebel Ali Freezone

P.O.Box 17328, Dubai, U.A.E.

Tel: 971-4-881-5868

HONG KONG

Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.

11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road,

Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Tel: 2737-7688

INDONESIA

PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor)

PT. Nusantik

Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot

Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia

Tel: 21-520-2577

KOREA

Cosmos Corporation

1461-9, Seocho Dong, Seocho Gu, Seoul, Korea

Tel: 02-3486-0011

MALAYSIA

Yamaha Music Malaysia, Sdn., Bhd.

Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya,

Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia

Tel: 3-703-0900

PHILIPPINES

Yupangco Music Corporation

339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO,

Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines

Tel: 819-7551

SINGAPORE

Yamaha Music Asia Pte., Ltd.

11 Ubi Road #06-00, Meiban Industrial Building,

Singapore

Tel: 65-747-4374

TAIWAN

Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd.

10F, 150, Tun-Hwa Northroad,

Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Tel: 02-2713-8999

THAILAND

Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd.

121/60-61 RS Tower 17th Floor,

Ratchadaphisek RD., Dindaeng,

Bangkok 10320, Thailand

Tel: 02-641-2951

THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Paciﬁc Music Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: 053-460-2317

AUSTRALIA

Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.

Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank, Victoria

3006, Australia

Tel: 3-9693-5111

NEW ZEALAND

Music Houses of N.Z. Ltd.

146/148 Captain Springs Road, Te Papapa,

Auckland, New Zealand

Tel: 9-634-0099

COUNTRIES AND TRUST

TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN

Yamaha Corporation,

Asia-Paciﬁc Music Marketing Group

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650

Tel: 053-460-2312

NORTH AMERICA

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA

EUROPE

AFRICA

MIDDLE EAST

ASIA

OCEANIA

Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page, English only)

http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/

M.D.G., PA DMI Division, Yamaha Corporation

V AP . -01A0 Printed in China

Yamaha Manual Library (English versions only)

http://www2.yamaha.co.jp/manual/english/

Documenttranscriptie

Owner's Manual SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically recommended by Yamaha. This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory product. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE: The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update existing units. This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before damage occurs. NOTICE: Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting service. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following: necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the replacement. This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged. When installing batteries, do not mix batteries with new, or with batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture. Warning: Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area for battery disposal information. Disposal Notice: Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, please contact Yamaha directly. NAME PLATE LOCATION: The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase. Model Serial No. Battery Notice: This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes 92-BP (bottom) Purchase Date PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.) 1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT! This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product. 2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product in the USA. 3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in the users manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures: Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference. Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s. In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to coaxial type cable. If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA90620 The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries. * This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA. OBSERVERA! Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) sá länge som den ar ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av. ADVARSEL: Netspæendingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt, sálæenge netledningen siddr i en stikkontakt, som er t endt — ogsá selvom der or slukket pá apparatets afbryder. VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko laitetta verkosta. (standby) 2 (class B) PRECAUTIONS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING * Please keep this manual in a safe place for future reference. WARNING Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical shock, shortcircuiting, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: • Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble the internal parts or modify them in any way. The instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. If it should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet conditions, or place containers on it containing liquids which might spill into any openings. • If the AC adaptor cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if there is a sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument, or if any unusual smells or smoke should appear to be caused by it, immediately turn off the power switch, disconnect the adaptor plug from the outlet, and have the instrument inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Use the specified adaptor (PA-5C or an equivalent recommended by Yamaha) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument or overheating. • Before cleaning the instrument, always remove the electric plug from the outlet. Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands. • Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have accumulated on it. CAUTION Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: (4)-7 • Do not place the AC adaptor cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators, and do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, place heavy objects on it, or place it in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over it. • When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold the plug itself and not the cord. • Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector. Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the outlet. • Unplug the AC power adaptor when not using the instrument, or during electrical storms. • Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity markings. Failure to do so might result in overheating, fire, or battery fluid leakage. • Always replace all batteries at the same time. Do not use new batteries together with old ones. Also, do not mix battery types, such as alkaline batteries with manganese batteries, or batteries from different makers, or different types of batteries from the same maker, since this can cause overheating, fire, or battery fluid leakage. • Do not dispose of batteries in fire. • Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not intended to be charged. • When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long time, remove the batteries from the instrument to prevent possible leakage of the battery fluid. • Keep batteries away from children. • If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked fluid. If the battery fluid should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with water and consult a doctor. Battery fluid is corrosive and may possibly cause loss of sight or chemical burns. • Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all components, set all volume levels to minimum. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all components at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. • Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day) to prevent the possibility of panel disfiguration or damage to the internal components. • Do not use the instrument near other electrical products such as televisions, radios, or speakers, since this might cause interference which can affect proper operation of the other products. • Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally fall over. • Before moving the instrument, remove all connected adaptor and other cables. • When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners, solvents, cleaning fluids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths. Also, do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might discolor the panel or keyboard. • Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors. • Use only the stand specified for the instrument. When attaching the stand, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the internal components or result in the instrument falling over. • Do not operate the instrument for a long period of time at a high or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician. • Playing while looking at the lights for a long period of time may cause eye strain and stiff neck/shoulders. For your health and comfort, we recommend that you take a ten-minute break for every hour. ■DATA BACK-UP AND STORAGE • Yamaha recommends that you regularly save data using an external device such as the floppy disk-based Yamaha MIDI data filer MDF3, and storing the floppy disks in a safe, cool, dry place. YAMAHA CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCIDENTAL LOSS OF IMPORTANT MUSIC DATA! Regarding the data you have created, as long as fresh batteries are inserted in (or an AC power adaptor is connected to) the instrument, the data will be retained, even when the power is turned off. It will also be retained long enough to exchange an old set of batteries for a new set. If you have important data in the instrument which you don’t want to lose, please take care to keep fresh batteries inserted in (or keep an AC power adaptor connected to) the instrument, and to regularly save data. Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modifications to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed. Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use. Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations. 3 Congratulations on your purchase of the Yamaha EZ-30 PortaTone! You now own a portable keyboard that combines advanced functions, great sound and exceptional ease-of-use in a highly compact package. Its outstanding features also make it a remarkably expressive and versatile instrument. Read this Owner’s Manual carefully while playing your new EZ-30 in order to take full advantage of its various features. Main Features The EZ-30 is a sophisticated yet easy-to-use keyboard with the following features and functions: Yamaha Education Suite The EZ-30 features the new Yamaha Education Suite - a set of learning tools that utilize the latest technology to make studying and practicing music more fun and fulfilling than ever before! The Yamaha Education Suite includes: ● Lesson ................................................................ page 34 The convenient and easy-to-use Lesson feature guides you through the parts of a song - just like a patient teacher! Select from any one of 100 songs on the EZ-30, and learn the left- and right-hand parts independently at first, then together. Lesson features three easy steps that help you master each song: Timing, Waiting and Minus One. ● Grade & Talking ................................................ pages 37 and 38 The EZ-30 also has the Grade and Talking features. Grade is a virtual “teacher,” evaluating your practice sessions and rating your performance. The convenient Talking function “announces” each Lesson step and your “grades,” among other things. ● Dictionary .......................................................... page 58 Dictionary is a built-in “chord encyclopedia” that teaches you how to play specific chords by showing you the appropriate notes in the display - perfect for when you know the name of a chord and want to quickly learn how to play it! ● Lighting ............................................................. page 32 When you are using the Lesson feature or Dictionary, the key indicators tell you which keys to play. Also, during song playback, they show the keys that are playing. ● ABC/DoReMi...................................................... page 43 The EZ-30 sings the melody using “A, B, C...” or “DoReMi.” Also, while you are using the Lesson function, the EZ-30 guides you by singing a note ahead using “A, B, C” or “DoReMi.” 4 Portable Grand ................................. page 39 The EZ-30 also has a Portable Grand function for realistic piano performance. Pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button instantly calls up the stunningly authentic “Stereo Sampled Piano” voice and configures the entire EZ-30 for optimum piano play. Special Pianist styles and songs - with piano-only accompaniment - are also provided. Flash Memory ............................................ page 71 The EZ-30, when connected to a personal computer, can load song data (purchased via internet) into the internal flash memory. You can use this song data along with the Lesson function. Also, the song data will be retained, even when the AC power adaptor and batteries are removed from the EZ-30. Other powerful features include: ◆ 61 keys with a Touch Response mechanism that enables you to express subtle nuances through various playing techniques. ◆ A total of 610 various high-quality voices (including 480 Expanded voices), with a maximum polyphony of 32 voices. ◆ High-quality Reverb, DSP, and Harmony effects for enhancing the sound of the voices - and your performance. ◆ 106 auto accompaniment styles, each with Intro, Main A and B, and Ending sections. An Auto Fill function adds dynamic fills when switching sections. ◆ Powerful, easy-to-use song recording operations, for recording and playing back up to five of your original songs. ◆ Registration Memory presets for storing all of the EZ-30’s panel settings to a single button for instant and automatic recall. ◆ One Touch Setting function for automatically calling up an appropriate voice to match the style or song you select. ◆ Full MIDI and General MIDI (GM) compatibility, letting you easily integrate the EZ30 into a MIDI music system, and use the built-in Expanded voices with all GM software. * The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this owner’s manual are for instructional purposes only, and may be different from the ones on your instrument. 5 Contents Setting Up .................................8 Song Lesson .............................34 Power Requirements ................... 8 Using Headphones...................... 9 Connecting a Keyboard Amplifier or Stereo System...................... 9 Using a Footswitch...................... 9 Using the MIDI Terminals ........... 9 Using the Lesson Feature ........... 34 ABC/DoReMi Guide.................... 36 Grade .......................................... 37 Talking ........................................ 38 Panel Controls and Terminals.10 Quick Guide ........................12 Songs ........................................ 12 Playing the Demo Songs............. 12 Playing a Single Song ................. 13 Lesson ....................................... 14 Using the Lesson Feature............ 14 Voices ....................................... 16 Playing the Piano ........................ 16 Playing along with the Metronome ........................................... 16 Playing the ABC/DoReMi voices. 17 Selecting and Playing Other Voices .......................................... 17 Auto Accompaniment .............. 18 Using the Auto Accompaniment 18 Looking up Chords in the Dictionary ......................................... 20 Panel Display Indications ........22 Selecting and Playing Songs ...28 Listening To a Demo Song ......... 28 Selecting and Playing a Song ..... 28 Listening to a Flash Song............ 29 Switching the Tracks On and Off ............................................... 29 Melody Voice Change............... 30 Adjusting the Tempo .................. 31 Tap Function ............................. 31 Song Volume Level ..................... 32 Switching the Light Guide On and Off ........................................ 32 6 Portable Grand........................39 Using the Metronome ................ 39 Setting a Tempo......................... 39 Setting the Time Signature of the Metronome.......................... 40 Adjusting the Metronome Volume........................................... 40 Playing Voices .........................42 Selecting a Voice ........................ 42 Playing a Voice ........................... 42 One Touch Setting ..................... 43 Changing the Split Point............ 44 Transpose ................................... 45 Tuning ........................................ 46 Touch .......................................... 47 Touch Sensitivity ........................ 47 Effects......................................48 Reverb......................................... 48 DSP ............................................. 49 Harmony ..................................... 50 Auto Accompaniment .............51 Selecting a Style ......................... 51 Starting Accompaniment ........... 52 Sync start................................... 52 Start........................................... 53 Tap start .................................... 53 Stopping the Accompaniment ... 54 Changing the Tempo ................. 54 Using Auto Accompaniment— Multi Fingering........................... 55 Single Finger Chords.................. 55 Fingered Chords ........................ 56 Looking up Chords in the dictionary............................................. 58 Playing a Melody along with the Accompaniment ................... 61 Adjusting the Accompaniment Volume...................................... 61 Changing the Accompaniment Section ........................................ 62 Intro........................................... 62 Main.......................................... 62 Ending ....................................... 63 Troubleshooting..................... 83 Registration Memory ............. 64 Drum Kit List .......................... 91 Recording a Registration Memory Preset...................................... 64 Recalling a Registration Memory Preset...................................... 65 Song Recording ...................... 66 Recording a User Song ............... 66 Erasing a Song ............................ 69 Song Clear ................................. 69 Track Clear ................................ 70 Data Backup & Initialization.. 84 Data Backup ................................ 84 Data Initialization ....................... 84 Voice List ................................ 85 Style List ................................. 90 Effect Type List ....................... 96 MIDI Implementation Chart... 98 Specifications ....................... 102 Index..................................... 103 Loading a Song into Flash Memory .................................. 71 Installing Song Filer.................... 71 Song Filer’s Functions................. 72 Octave......................................... 73 Available Flash Memory Amount 74 Flash Clear .................................. 74 MIDI Functions........................ 75 What is MIDI? ............................. 75 Available MIDI Funcitons............ 77 Connecting to a Personal Computer ........................................... 78 Local Control .............................. 79 Using Bulk Dump Send to Save Data ............................................ 80 Transmitting the EZ-30 Panel Settings (Initial Send) ................ 81 Transmitting SMF Format Data.. 82 7 Setting Up Power Requirements Although the EZ-30 will run either from an optional AC adaptor or batteries, Yamaha recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An AC adaptor is more environmentally friendly than batteries and does not deplete resources. 2 Insert six 1.5-volt “D” size, R20P (LR20) or equivalent batteries as shown in the illustration, making sure that the positive and negative terminals are properly aligned. 3 Replace the lid. ■ Using an AC Power Adaptor BATTERIES 1.5 V x 6 Use of an AC power adaptor is recommended, especially when you use the EZ-30 for a long period of time. 1 Make sure that the [STANDBY/ON] switch of the EZ-30 is set to STANDBY. 2 Connect one end of the adaptor to the DC IN 10-12V jack on the rear panel of your EZ-30. 3 Connect the other end to a suitable electrical outlet. 3 outlet 2 PA-5C WARNING Use ONLY a Yamaha PA-5C AC Power Adaptor (or other adaptor specifically recommended by Yamaha) to power your instrument from the AC mains. The use of other adaptors may result in irreparable damage to both the adaptor and the EZ30. CAUTION Unplug the AC Power Adaptor when not using the EZ-30, or during electrical storms. ■ Using Batteries 1 Turn the instrument upside-down and remove the battery compartment lid. 8 Replace the batteries before they completely discharge. If the battery voltage gets low, the volume level may be reduced, sound integrity may deteriorate, the display indicators may disappear, or the stored data may be deleted. If any of these events occur, replace the battery, heeding the cautions described below. CAUTION • Insert the batteries in the correct direction, making sure that the positive and negative terminals of the batteries match the label. If the orientation does not match the label, the batteries may generate heat, cause a fire, or leak. • Never mix old and new batteries or different types of batteries (e.g., alkaline and manganese). • To prevent possible damage from battery leakage, remove the batteries from the instrument if it is not to be used for a long time. • Even when the switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you plan not to use the EZ-30 for a long period of time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet, and/or remove the batteries from the instrument. Using Headphones For private practicing and playing without disturbing others, connect a set of stereo headphones to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack. Sound from the built-in speaker system is automatically cut off when you insert a headphone plug into this jack. This feature lets you use an optional footswitch (Yamaha FC4 or FC5) to sustain the sound of the voices. The footswitch functions the same way as a damper pedal on an acoustic piano - press and hold down the footswitch as you play the keyboard to sustain the sound. • Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before you turn on the power. • Do not press the footswitch while turning the power on. Doing this changes the recognized polarity of the footswitch, resulting in reversed footswitch operation. CAUTION Do not use headphones for a long time at high volume levels. Otherwise, you may damage your hearing. Using the MIDI Terminals Connecting a Keyboard Amplifier or Stereo System Though the EZ-30 is equipped with a built-in speaker system, you can also play it through an external amplifier/speaker system. First, make sure the EZ-30 and any external devices are turned off, then connect one end of a stereo audio cable to the LINE IN or AUX IN jack(s) of the other device and the other end to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the EZ-30. CAUTION To prevent damage to the speakers, set the volume of the external devices at the minimum setting before connecting them. Failure to observe these cautions may result in electric shock or equipment damage. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all devices at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. The EZ-30 also features MIDI terminals, allowing you to interface the EZ-30 with other MIDI instruments and devices. (For more information, see page 78.) • Special MIDI cables (sold separately) must be used for connecting to MIDI devices. They can be bought at music stores, etc. • Never use MIDI cables longer than about 15 meters. Cables longer than this can pick up noise which can cause data errors. Music Stand Using a Footswitch Insert the bottom edge of the included music stand into the slot located at the top rear of the EZ-30 control panel. 9 Panel Controls and Terminals Front Panel 1 Power switch ([STANDBY/ON])........... 22 7 2 [MASTER VOLUME] dial...................... 22 3 3 [DEMO] button .................................... 28 4 [TOUCH] button.................................. 47 5 [Dict.] (DICTIONARY) button .............. 58 1 4 5 6 LESSON [L] (Left) and [R] (Right) buttons34 2 7 Overall (left, right) buttons ................... 23 8 [TEMPO/TAP] button ........................... 31 6 9 [PORTABLE GRAND] button ............... 39 0 [METRONOME] button........................ 39 A [ABC/DoReMi] button ......................... 43 B Numeric keypad, [+/YES] and [–/NO] buttons................................................. 25 C [ACMP ON/OFF] / [GRADE ON/OFF] button ............................................ 52, 37 D [REW] button ....................................... 29 E [SYNC STOP] / [FF] button............. 52, 29 F [SYNC START] / [LESSON 1] button52, 35 G [INTRO/ENDING] / [LESSON 2] button ............................................ 62, 35 H [MAIN/AUTO FILL] / [LESSON 3] button ............................................... 62, 35 I [STYLE] button ..................................... 51 J [SONG] button .................................... 28 K [START/STOP] button .......................... 29 L [VOICE] button .................................... 42 M [RECORD] button ................................ 67 N SONG MEMORY buttons..................... 67 O REGISTRATION MEMORY buttons ...... 64 Rear Panel P MIDI IN,OUT terminals ......................... 9 Q SUSTAIN jack ........................................ 9 R PHONES/OUTPUT jack ......................... 9 S DC IN 10-12V jack ............................... 8 10 C D E F G H I 7 B 8 0 A 9 J K L M N O P QR S 11 Quick Guide Quick Guide STEP 1 Songs 12 212 Playing the Demo Songs Demo songs (001–100) showcase the sophisticated features and stunning sound of the EZ-30. Let’s play the Demo songs now, starting with 001... 1 Press the [DEMO] button. Demo song 001 starts playing. When the song is complete, the subsequent songs (002, 003...) start playing sequentially. If you have loaded songs into flash memory, they are the first to play. 2 Stop the Demo song. or ❋ Want to find out more? See page 28. If you do not wish to play the Demo songs when you press the [DEMO] button, turn on the power to the EZ-30 while pressing and holding down the [DEMO] button. To activate the Demo playback function, turn on the power to the EZ-30 in the normal manner. 12 Playing a Single Song Naturally, you can also individually select and play back any of the EZ30’s songs (Songs 001–100 and songs in flash memory). Also, simply by pressing the [START/STOP] button, you can start playback. 1 Start the song. When the power of the EZ-30 is turned on, the song of “003: Linus And Lucy” is selected. For instructions on selecting songs, See page 28. 2 Stop the song. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 28. [Song List] No. Song Name No. Song Name 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 20 Favorite Mission:Impossible Beauty And The Beast Linus And Lucy Can You Feel The Love Tonight Celebration Unchained Melody A Whole New World Chopsticks Georgia On My Mind Don't Let The Sun Go Down On Me Rhapsody In Blue Bill Bailey (Won't You Please Come Home) When Irish Eyes Are Smiling Down By The Riverside Fascination America The Beautiful Take Me Out To The Ball Game When The Saints Go Marchin' In Tain't Nobody's Business If I Do Happy Birthday To You 21 22 23 24 World/Classic Little Brown Jug Loch Lomond Oh! Susanna Greensleeves Aura Lee Londonderry Air Ring De Banjo Wenn Ich Ein Vöglein Wär ? Die Lorelei Funiculi-Funicula Turkey In The Straw Old Folks At Home Silent Night Jingle Bells Muss I Denn Liebesträume Nr.3 Jesu, Joy Of Man's Desiring Symphonie Nr.9 Song Of The Pearl Fisher Gavotte String Quartet No.17 2nd Mov. "Serenade" Menuett Canon The Danube Waves From "The Magic Flute" Piano Sonate Op.27-2 "Mondschein" "The Surprise"Symphony To A Wild Rose Air de Toréador"Carmen" O Mio Babbino Caro (From "Gianni Schicchi") Im Mai (DUET) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 No. Song Name 52 O Christmas Tree (DUET) Had A Little Lamb 53 Mary (DUET) 54 Ten Little Indians (DUET) 55 Pop Goes The Weasel (DUET) 56 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star Twinkle Little Star 57 Twinkle (DUET) Your Hands, Open Your 58 Close Hands Your Hands, Open Your 59 Close Hands (DUET) 60 The Cuckoo 61 The Cuckoo (DUET) 62 O Du Lieber Augustin 63 O Du Lieber Augustin (DUET) 64 London Bridge 65 London Bridge (DUET) 66 American Patrol 67 Beautiful Dreamer 68 Battle Hymn Of The Republic 69 Home Sweet Home Des Fleurs (From"The 70 Valse Nutcracker") 71 Aloha Oe Been Working On The 72 I've Railroad 73 My Darling Clementine 74 Auld Lang Syne 75 Grandfather's Clock 76 Amazing Grace No. 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Song Name My Bonnie Yankee Doodle Joy To The World Ave Maria Pianist Dolly's Dreaming And Awakening La Candeur Arabesque Pastorale Petite Réunion Innocence Progrès Tarentelle La Chevaleresque Etude Op.10-3 "Chanson De L'adieu" Marcia Alla Turca Turkish March Valse Op.64-1 "Peiti Chien" Menuett Nocturne Op.9-2 Moments Musicaux Op.94-3 The Entertainer Prelude (Wohltemperierte Klavier 1-1) La Viollette Für Elise 13 Quick Guide STEP 2 Lesson 1 2 Using the Lesson Feature Songs 001 to 100 are specially designed for use with the educational Lesson feature. Let’s start the practice, following the light. 1 Select Timing, Waiting, or Minus One, and start the lesson. When the power of the EZ-30 is turned on, the song of ”003: Linus And Lucy” and the right-hand part are selected. Lesson 1: Timing This step lets you work on the timing of the notes. In Lesson 1, the particular note you play on the keyboard is unimportant. The EZ-30 checks your timing and how rhythmically “tight” your playing is. 14 Lesson 2: Waiting In Lesson 2, you practice playing the notes correctly as they appear in the display notation. The accompaniment pauses and waits for you to play the notes correctly before it continues. Lesson 3: Minus One In Lesson 3, you practice playing correct notes, along with the accompaniment. The accompaniment continues playing in tempo. 2 When you’re finished, stop the Lesson. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 34. Grade The EZ-30 has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing and - like a real teacher - tells you how well you did each practice. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,” “Good,” “Very Good,” and “Excellent.” ❋ Want to find out more? See page 37. Talking This feature “talks” to you through the speakers, “announcing” the Grade comments as well as the titles of the Lesson steps. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 38. 15 Quick Guide STEP 3 Voices 1 1 1 2 1 Playing the Piano Simply by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, you can automatically reset the entire EZ-30 for piano play. 1 Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. The song and style are also set for piano performance. 2 Play the keyboard. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 39. Playing along with the Metronome 1 Press the [METRONOME] button. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 39. 16 Playing the ABC/DoReMi voices 1 Press the [ABC/DoReMi] button. The ABC voice is selected. To select the DoReMi voice, press the [ABC/ DoReMi] again. ABC DoReMi Off 2 Play the keyboard. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 43. Selecting and Playing Other Voices The EZ-30 has a huge total of 610 dynamic and realistic instrument voices. Let’s try a few of them out now... 1 Press the [VOICE] button. 2 Select a voice. 3 Play the keyboard. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 42. 17 Quick Guide STEP 4 Auto Accompaniment 2 3 4 6 1 7 Using the Auto Accompaniment Simply play chords with your left hand - and the EZ-30 automatically produces appropriate bass, chord and rhythm backing. Use your right hand to play melodies, and you’ll sound like an entire band! Accompaniment key range For more information on playing proper chords for the auto accompaniment, see “Using Auto Accompaniment - Multi Fingering” on page 55 and “Looking up Chords in the dictionary” on page 58. Left hand + Auto accompaniment (for example, bass + guitar + drums) 1 Press the [STYLE] button. 2 Select a style. Refer to the Style List on page 90. 18 Right hand Melody 3 Turn the auto accompaniment on. 4 Turn the Sync Start function on. 5 Play a chord with your left hand. 6 Select a section. The auto accompaniment has four sections: Intro, Main A/B, and Ending. 7 Stop the auto accompaniment. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 51. The auto accompaniment starts as soon as you play the keyboard. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 55. 19 Continuation Quick Guide STEP 4 Auto Accompaniment 15 Looking up Chords in the Dictionary The convenient Dictionary function teaches you how to play chords by showing you the individual notes. In the example below, we’ll learn how to play a GM7 chord... Chord detection key range (C1–B2) Example: Keys for entering the chord type (C3–B4) G M7 Root note Chord type 1 Press the [Dict.] button. 20 Keys for entering the chord root (C5–B5) 2 Specify the root note of the chord (in this case, G). 3 Specify the chord type of the chord (in this case, M7). 4 Play the chord by pressing the keys lighted up. The chord name flashes and a ”congratulations” melody is played, when the chord is played properly. 5 To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again. ❋ Want to find out more? See page 58. 21 Panel Display Indications Power on Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn on the power to the EZ-30. Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch again to turn off the power. Even when the [STANDBY/ON] switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity still flows through the instrument at the minimum level. When you plan not to use the EZ-30 for a long period of time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet, and/or remove the batteries from the instrument. 22 Adjusting the volume level Rotate the [MASTER VOLUME] dial. Rotating the dial counter-clockwise lowers the volume level. Rotating the dial clockwise raises the volume level. Overall indicator Overall (L, R) indicator The left and right Overall buttons enable you to make EZ-30’s global settings. Overall (left) LIGHT ABC/DoReMi REVERB DSP HARMONY TALKING 32 36 48 49 50 38 If you press the left or right Overall button located in the upper-left and upper-right of the display, a menu icon advances and the top row in the display indicates the currently-selected “setting item” and “value.” When you press the left or right Overall button again, the menu icon advances to the next setting item. E.g., Transpose setting Overall (right) OCTAVE TRANSPOSE TUNING ACMP/SONG VOLUME METRONOME VOLUME MIDI 73 45 46 61, 32 40 74, 79 Adjusting the tempo Song and accompaniment tempo can be adjusted (page 31). Value Setting item Menu icon Changing the value Use the numeric keypad [0]–[9], [+], or [–] buttons to change the value. Pressing the button once decrements the value by one. Pressing the button once increments the value by one. Pressing and holding down the button increments/decrements the value continuously. For some functions, pressing these buttons simultaneously restores the default setting. Symbol for pressing and holding down the button If you press and hold down a button with this symbol for more than one second, a different function will be activated. Pressing and holding down 23 Panel Display Indications Selecting a function • Pressing the [STYLE], [VOICE], or [SONG] button enables you to select one of EZ-30’s basic functions. (The icon of the selected function appears.) Style Song Voice Select a style for accompaniment. Selects a song for playback or practice. Selects a voice to play on the keyboard. • If you select a song or accompaniment, then select a voice, the EZ-30 indicates the following: 24 [Song→Voice] Select a voice using the numeric keypad. [Style→Voice] Select a voice using the numeric keypad. Press the [START/STOP] button to start the song. Press the [START/STOP] button to start the accompaniment. Numeric keypad Name & number indication (Song/Style/Voice) The top row of the display indicates the name and number of the currently-selected function. E.g., Selecting a song Song number Song name Selecting a number • To increment or decrement the number, use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] button. Pressing the button once decrements the number by one. Pressing the button once increments the number by one. Pressing and holding down the button increments/decrements the number continuously. Pressing both buttons simultaneously resets the number. • To select the number directly, use the numeric keypad [0]–[9]. For example, to select Voice #005: HnkyTonk, press [0], [0], then [5] on the numeric keypad. If the first digit is “0,” you can skip pressing [0]. If the first and second digits are both “0,” you can also skip pressing [0] twice. 25 Panel Display Indications Touch indicator This appears when the Touch function is turned on. Harmony indicator This appears when the Harmony effect is turned on. Sync Stop indicator This appears when the Sync Stop function is turned on. Accompaniment On indicator This appears when the auto accompaniment has been turned on. ABC/DoReMi indicators These show the guide voice setting(“ABC” or “DoReMi”) for the Lesson function. Low battery indicator Song track ON/OFF indicators This appears when the battery voltage is getting low. They light up when the corresponding tracks are turned on. Song track DATA indicators They indicates the current playback tracks. Song track GUIDE indicators A frame appears around the number of a track that uses the right-hand/left-hand guide function. 26 Notation display When you are using the Lesson function, the notation display indicates the song melody or chord notation. When you are using the Dictionary function, it indicates the notes that make up the chord. Other than that, it usually indicates the notes you played. Measure indicator The measure numbers of a song or accompaniment are displayed. If you select a free-tempo song, “F t” appears. Beat indicators • If a note is too high or too low to be notated within the score, a note that is one octave lower or higher will be indicated on the score, along with “8va” at the top or bottom of the score. • Due to the limitation of the screen, some notes in a chord may not be displayed. Four arrows flash to indicate the beat of a song or accompaniment. Beat indicators Octave indicator While a Flash song is being played, this indicator appears if the key range of the notes being played is higher (or lower) than the EZ30’s keyboard range. These indicators are displayed when the playback pitch is raised (or lowered) by an octave or two (page 73). Chord indicator This indicator indicates the name of the currently-played chord or a chord you play on the keyboard. Fingering guide During the Lesson, this guide suggests a fingering for playing the song. 27 Selecting and Playing Songs The EZ-30 has 100 preset songs. Try playing these songs or songs loaded into flash memory. Use the Song Memory function to record your own performance. (See page 66.) Listening To a Demo Song Press the [DEMO] button. Songs from #1 to #100 will be played sequentially. Song number Song name Indicates Song mode is selected Measure number If you select a song after another song has started playing, the EZ-30 will sequentially play songs in the category (e.g., Pianist etc. See page 13.) that contains the selected song. • Turning the power on while pressing and holding down the [DEMO] button will disable the Demo song playback function. To enable the Demo song playback, turn the power on in the normal manner. • If a song (or songs) has been loaded into flash memory, the Flash song(s) starts playing first. Press the [START/STOP] button or the [DEMO] button to stop Demo playback. Selecting and Playing a Song Press the [SONG] button. Song number Song name Indicates Song mode is selected Select the desired song number. Use the numeric keypad or the [+]/[–] buttons (page 25). 001–100 ...................... Preset Songs 101–(199)* .................. Flash Songs 201–205 ...................... User Songs * The maximum song number differs depending on the amount of available flash memory. 28 Start and stop the song playback. Press the [START/STOP] button to start song playback. You can play the keyboard along with the playback. Press the [START/STOP] button to stop song playback. The playback will repeat until you press the [START/STOP] button. Other controls [FF] button .................. Pressing this button during playback will fast forward the song. Pressing this button while playback is stopped will increment the measure number. [REW] button .............. Press this button during playback will rewind the song. (No sound will be heard at this time.) Pressing this button while playback is stopped will decrement the measure number. Listening to a Flash Song The EZ-30 can play a song loaded into its internal flash memory. To do this, you need to connect the EZ-30 to a personal computer, and use “Song Filer” application program on the computer to transmit a song. For more information on Flash songs and Song Filer, refer to page 71. Switching the Tracks On and Off Each song contains 16 tracks (1–16). You can switch tracks 1–5 on and off using the SONG MEMORY [1]–[5] buttons respectively, and switch tracks 6–16 on and off altogether using the [ A] button. This is useful when you practice playing a certain track by switching that track off (the track sound will be muted). ON/OFF indicator is lit. The corresponding track is played. (The track contains data.) ON/OFF indicator is off. The corresponding track is muted (no sound will be heard), or the track contains no data. A song contains the following tracks: • Tracks [1]–[5] ...........Each track can be switched on and off individually. • Tracks [6]–[16] .........Tracks 6–16 can be switched on and off altogether. 29 Selecting and Playing Songs Melody Voice Change You can change the voice of a song melody to the desired one during song playback. 1 Select the desired voice. Press the [VOICE] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired voice. 2 Press and hold down the [VOICE] button for at least one second. “MELODY VOICE CHANGE” appears in the display, indicating that the selected voice has replaced the song’s original melody voice. 30 Adjusting the Tempo Song and accompaniment tempo can be adjusted in the range of q = 32–280 (the number of quarter notes per minute). Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button. Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to change the tempo value. You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (When Tempo is selected). Tap Function You can set your own tempo intuitively. Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times for a four-beat song and three times for a three-beat song at a tempo at which you would like to play. The Tap function is also available during song playback. About beat indicators During performance, the arrows flash sequentially in tempo. First beat Second of measure beat Third Fourth beat beat About free tempo Some songs utilize a tempo that does not synchronize with or match the timing of the measures and beats as a way of enriching musical expression. During the playback of such songs, the measure indicator indicates “Ft.” Also, depending on the song, the beat indicators may not flash. 31 Selecting and Playing Songs Song Volume Level Adjust the song volume to balance with the level of the keyboard performance. Press the right Overall button repeatedly until “SONG VOL” appears in the display. Current song volume Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the song volume (000–127). • You can instantly restore the default setting of “100” by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (When Song Volume is selected). • You can set the volume level of the selected song. Switching the Light Guide On and Off You can switch the Light Guide on the keyboard on or off. The Light Guide can be used as a keyboard guide during song playback or while you are using the Lesson or the Dictionary function. Press the left Overall button to select “LIGHT.” 32 Press the [+] or [–] button to turn the Light Guide on or off. CAUTION Playing while looking at the lights for a long period of time may cause eye strain and stiff neck/ shoulders. For your health and comfort, we recommend that you take a ten-minute break for every hour. 33 Song Lesson You can practice playing a song selected from Lesson songs #001–100 and songs in flash memory. Using the Lesson Feature Select one of the Lesson songs. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song. Select the part you wish to work on (left, right or both.) If you want to work on the right-hand part, press the [R] button; to work on the left, press the [L] button. Press the [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously to work with both hands. The icon of the selected hand(s) appears. Track indicators A lesson track(s) will be indicated by a frame around the GUIDE track number. If a flash song is selected, you can change the track that guides your right- and lefthand part (See page 73). 34 Start the Lesson. When you press one of the LESSON [1]–[3] buttons, the Lesson song starts. The display indicates the notes to play and the Light Guide shows you which key to play. Types of Lesson Press one of the following buttons to select and start a type of Lesson. Lesson 1: Timing ......... This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes - any note can be used. The melody does not sound unless you play in rhythm. Lesson 2: Waiting ........ In this lesson step, the EZ-30 waits for you to play the correct notes before continuing playback of the song. When you play the correct note, the next note to play is indicated. Also, the EZ-30 can sing the next note to play using “A, B, C...” or “Do, Re, Mi...” (page 36). Lesson 3: Minus One ... This lesson step lets you practice playing the correct notes along with the accompaniment. All parts except for the part you are practicing will be played in tempo like a “karaoke”. • In Lesson 2, the rhythm part is muted. • If the Talking function is turned on, the EZ-30 announces the Lesson number. • To exit from the Lesson, press the corresponding LESSON button. Press the [START/STOP] button to stop the Lesson. The EZ-30 exits from the Lesson feature automatically when the [START/ STOP] button is pressed. 35 Song Lesson ABC/DoReMi Guide When the ABC/DoReMi Guide is activated, the EZ-30 sings the next note to play using “A, B, C...” or “Do, Re, Mi...” in Lesson 2. For instruction on changing the guide voice (ABC or DoReMi), see page 43. Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “ABC/ DoReMi.” Press the [+] or [–] button to turn the ABC/DoReMi Guide on or off. 36 Grade The Lesson feature has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing of the Lesson songs, and just like a real teacher, it tells you how well you did each practice. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,” “Good,” “Very Good,” and “Excellent.” When the Talking function (page 38) is on, the EZ-30 also “announces” your grade. Press the [GRADE ON/OFF] button to turn the Grade on or off. The EZ-30 tells you your grade via the LCD, Light Guide, and the Talking function. After displaying your grade, the EZ-30 resumes the Lesson. 37 Song Lesson Talking This feature “talks” to you through the speakers, “announcing” the Grade comments as well as the titles of the Lesson steps and the names of certain functions. Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “TALKING”. Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Talking to on or off. Talking off The Talking function includes the following “announcements”: [Dictionary] [LESSON 1–3] [Try Again] [Good] [Very Good] [Excellent] 38 Talking on Portable Grand You can practice playing “a real piano,” by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. When you press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, the EZ-30 configures all the settings for piano performance. The EZ-30 configures the following settings when you press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button: Voice........................... 001 Grand Piano Style ............................ 097 Stride Song ............................ 081 Dolly’s Dreaming And Awakening Touch .......................... On One touch setting ........ On Harmony ..................... Off Split point .................... 054 The song and style category “PIANIST” (automatically selected with the settings described above) includes the songs and styles that are suitable for the piano performance. The “PIANIST” styles are played without any rhythm sound. Using the Metronome Press the [METRONOME] button to play the Metronome in tempo with the accompaniment. You can use this feature for your piano practice. A chime sounds at every first beat of the measures. To turn the Metronome off, press the [METRONOME] button again. Setting a Tempo To change the tempo, press the [TEMPO/TAP] button and use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to change the value. (See page 31.) To restore the default Metronome Tempo value, press both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Metronome Tempo is selected). 39 Portable Grand Setting the Time Signature of the Metronome You can set the time signature of the Metronome while the rhythm part is stopped. Press and hold down the [METRONOME] button for more than one second to display the Metronome time signature setting, and use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to change the time signature value. Numeric keypad 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Time signature – (A chime does not sound.) 1/4 (A chime sounds on every beat.) 2/4 3/4 4/4 5/4 6/4 7/4 8/4 9/4 10/4 11/4 12/4 13/4 14/4 15/4 When you select another style or song, the time signature of the Metronome also changes to that of the selected style or song. Adjusting the Metronome Volume You can adjust the volume of the Metronome sound independently of the other EZ-30 sounds. The volume range is 000–127. 1 Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “METRONOME VOLUME”. Current Metronome Volume value 40 2 Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Metronome Volume value. To restore the default Metronome Volume value (100), press both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Metronome Volume is selected in the Overall menu). 41 Playing Voices Selecting a Voice The EZ-30 features high-quality voices that use an advanced technology AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generator. (See page 85.) • Voices ...................... 1–116 (116 voices), 117–128 (drum kit), 609 (ABC (Oboe) voice), 610 (DoReMi (Oboe) voice) • Expanded Voices ...... 129–608 (480 voices) Some voices include the following effects. Split voice (107–116) One voice is assigned to the right side of the split point on the keyboard, and another voice is assigned to the left side. Drum kit (117–128) Playing different keys on the keyboard produces different drum sounds. ABC (Oboe) voice (609), DoReMi (Oboe) voice (610) When you play the keyboard, the EZ-30 “sings” the corresponding notes using ABC or DoReMi. If the Transpose value is adjusted (other than “00”), they sound using Oboe voice. Playing a Voice Press the [VOICE] button. Voice number Voice name Indicates Voice mode is selected Select the desired voice number. Use the numeric keypad to directly enter the voice number, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the voices (page 25). 42 Play the selected voice. Try playing different voices. When you select a voice, a DSP type most appropriate for the voice will be selected automatically. Selecting the ABC or DoReMi voice Simply by pressing the [ABC/DoReMi] button, you can select the ABC (Oboe) voice (#609) or DoReMi (Oboe) voice (#610). The setting is also valid for the guide voice for the Lesson function (page 36). 1. Press the [ABC/DoReMi] button repeatedly to select the ABC or DoRemi voice. Pressing the [ABC/DoReMi] button toggle among ABC voice, DoReMi voice and Guide Off. ABC voice DoReMi voice Guide Off One Touch Setting This special “voice” is actually a convenient feature which automatically selects a suitable voice for you when you select a style. The voice is selected to best match the style or song you’ve called up. Press the [VOICE] button. The name of the current voice appears. 43 Playing Voices Press the numeric keypad [0] or [+]/[–] buttons to select the voice number “000.” This turns on the One Touch Setting. Changing the Split Point Pressing and holding down the [ACMP ON/OFF] button for more than one second enables you to change the split point. If you have already selected a split voice, you can play a different voice on the right and left sides of the split point on the keyboard. Current split point setting To restore the default setting of “54F#2,” press both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously. Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to change the split point. 54F#2 Current split point “54F#2” means that the left side of the keyboard ranges up to F#2. Split point for auto accompaniment The split point for the auto accompaniment (the border between the melody key range and the accompaniment key range) is the same as that for the split voices. 44 Transpose Transpose determines the key of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompaniment of the selected style. The Transpose settings can be adjusted over a range of ±12 semitones (±1 octave). Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “TRANSPOSE”. Current Transpose value Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Transpose value (–12 – +12). To transpose the pitch down, simultaneously press and hold the [ –] button, and use the numeric keypad to type in the (negative) value. • You can instantly restore the default setting of “00” by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Transpose is selected). • The Transpose function has no effect on the Drum Kits voices (#117–#128). • If the Transpose value is adjusted (other than “00”), the ABC and DoReMi voices sound using Oboe voice. 45 Playing Voices Tuning Tuning determines the fine pitch setting of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompaniment of the selected style. The Tuning settings can be adjusted over a range of ±100 (approx. ±1 semitone). Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “TUNING”. Current Tuning value Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Tuning value (–100 – +100). To tune the pitch down, simultaneously press and hold the [ –] button, and use the numeric keypad to type in the (negative) value. • You can instantly restore the default setting of “000” by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Tuning is selected). • The Tuning settings have no effect on the Drum Kit voices (#117–#128). 46 Touch The Touch function gives you dynamic, expressive control over the voices, letting you determine how loud or soft the sound is by your playing strength. Turn the Touch function on or off as desired by pressing the [TOUCH] button. Indicates Touch function is turned on. Touch Sensitivity Touch Sensitivity lets you set how the EZ-30 responds to your playing strength, allowing you to customize this expressive function to suit your own playing style. The higher the Touch Sensitivity setting, the more the sound volume changes in proportion to how strongly you play the keys. Select the Touch Sensitivity control. Press and hold the [TOUCH] button for more than one second to display the Touch Sensitivity setting. Current Touch Sensitivity setting Change the value. Use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired setting: 1, 2, or 3. Settings: 1 (Soft) This results in limited touch response, and produces a relatively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys. 2 (Medium) This lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud). 3 (Hard) This is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more detailed control in the soft volume range. The default Touch Sensitivity is 2. 47 Effects Reverb Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “Reverb,” and use the numeric keypad or the [+]/[–] buttons to select a Reverb type. Current Reverb type Selecting “9” turns the Reverb off. [Reverb Type List] No. 48 Reverb Type 1 Hall 1 2 Hall 2 3 Room 1 4 Room 2 5 Stage 1 6 Stage 2 7 Plate 1 8 Plate 2 9 Off • Each style of the EZ-30 has its own independent Reverb setting. • You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Reverb is selected). DSP Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “DSP,” and use the numeric keypad or the [+]/[–] buttons to select a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) type. Current DSP type Selecting “39” turns the DSP off. [DSP Type List] No. DSP Type No. DSP Type 1 Hall 1 21 Tremolo 1 2 Hall 2 22 Tremolo 2 3 Room 1 23 Guitar Tremolo 4 Room 2 24 Auto Pan 5 Stage 1 25 Auto Wah 6 Stage 2 26 Delay Left - Center - Right 7 Plate 1 27 Delay Left - Right 8 Plate 2 28 Echo 9 Early Reflection 1 29 Cross Delay 10 Early Reflection 2 30 Karaoke 11 Gate Reverb 31 Distortion Hard 12 Reverse Gate 32 Distortion Soft 13 Chorus 1 33 Overdrive 14 Chorus 2 34 Amp Simulation 15 Flanger 1 35 EQ Disco 16 Flanger 2 36 EQ Telephone 17 Symphonic 37 3Band EQ 18 Phaser 38 2Band EQ 19 Rotary Speaker 1 39 No Effect 20 Rotary Speaker 2 • Each voice of the EZ-30 has its own independent DSP setting. • You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when DSP is selected). 49 Effects Harmony The Harmony section features a variety of performance effects that enhance the melodies you play when using the accompaniment styles of the EZ-30. Some Harmony types add harmony to a chord detected in the left-hand key range (accompaniment key range). Press the left Overall button repeatedly to select “Harmony,” and use the numeric keypad or the [+]/[–] buttons to select a Harmony type. Selecting “27” turns the Harmony section off. [Harmony Type List] No. Harmony Type No. Harmony Type 1 Duet 15 2 Trio 16 Tremolo 1/12 note 3 Block 17 Tremolo 1/16 note 4 Country 18 Tremolo 1/24 note 5 Octave 19 Tremolo 1/32 note 6 Trill 1/4 note 20 Echo 1/4 note 7 Trill 1/6 note 21 Echo 1/6 note 8 Trill 1/8 note 22 Echo 1/8 note 9 Trill 1/12 note 23 Echo 1/12 note 10 Trill 1/16 note 24 Echo 1/16 note 11 Trill 1/24 note 25 Echo 1/24 note 12 Trill 1/32 note 26 Echo 1/32 note 13 Tremolo 1/4 note 27 Off 14 Tremolo 1/6 note • • • • Tremolo 1/8 note Harmony types 1–5 add harmony that matches the accompaniment chords. The speed of the Trill, Tremolo, and Echo effects depends on the Tempo setting. For more information on Harmony Types, see page 97. Harmony is added to only one note. If you play multiple keys, harmony notes are added based on the highest note or the last note you played. • The Harmony function is disabled when you use the Dictionary function or the Lesson function. • You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Harmony is selected). 50 Auto Accompaniment The EZ-30 provides dynamic rhythm/accompaniment patterns - as well as voice settings appropriate for each pattern - for various popular music styles. A total of 106 different styles are available, in several different categories. With the auto accompaniment function, the EZ-30 autoAccompaniment key range matically plays accompaniment parts (bass sound and chords) that match the selected style and the chords played in the accompaniment key range. Select the desired accompaniment style and play the keyboard using the auto accompaniment function. Select an accompaniment style. Selecting a Style.............................. page 51 Start the accompaniment. Starting Accompaniment ................ page 52 Play chords (left hand). Using Auto Accompaniment........... page 55 Play melody (right hand). Playing a Melody along with the Accompaniment.......................................... page 61 Changing the Accompaniment Section ......................................... page 62 Stopping the Accompaniment......... page 54 Change the accompaniment section. Stop the accompaniment. Selecting a Style Press the [STYLE] button. Style number Style name Select the desired style number. Use the numeric keypad to directly enter the style number, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the styles (page 25). 51 Auto Accompaniment Starting Accompaniment Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn the auto accompaniment function on. Accompaniment on indicator You can start playing accompaniment using one of the following four methods. Sync start Press the [SYNC START] button. The EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode, and the beat indicators flash. When you start playing chords in the accompaniment key range, the accompaniment starts playing. Beat indicators Accompaniment key range To cancel Sync start waiting mode, press the [SYNC START] button again. At this time, playing a chord in the accompaniment key range will produce bass sounds and chords without a rhythm section. Sync stop When you press the [SYNC STOP] button, the EZ-30 enters Sync start mode. When you release keys in the accompaniment key range, the accompaniment stops and the EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode. Sync stop indicator 52 Start As soon as you press the [START/STOP] button, the rhythm part starts playing. When you play a chord in the accompaniment key range, the EZ-30 produces the bass and chords. Accompaniment key range When you press the [START/STOP] button, only the rhythm part of the selected accompaniment starts playing. If any of accompaniment styles 97–106 (Accompaniment category: PIANIST) is selected, no rhythm part sounds. Tap start Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times for a four-beat song and three times for a three-beat song at a tempo at which you would like to play. The rhythm part starts playing. Intro Sync start Press the [SYNC START] button. The EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode, and the beat indicators flash. Then press the [INTRO/ENDING] button. The EZ-30 waits for the sync start that begins with an Intro section. When you play a chord in the accompaniment key range, the accompaniment starts with an Intro section, followed by the Main A (or B) accompaniment section. Beat indicators 53 Auto Accompaniment Stopping the Accompaniment You can stop the accompaniment playback using one of the following three methods. • Press the [START/STOP] button. The accompaniment stops immediately. • Press the [SYNC START] button. • Press the [INTRO/ENDING] button. The accompaniment stops immediately. All beat indicators flash and the EZ-30 enters Sync start waiting mode. The accompaniment stops after the ending section. Changing the Tempo The tempo of style playback can be adjusted over a range of 32–280 bpm (beats per minute). Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button. Current Tempo value Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired value. You can also use the convenient Tap Tempo function to change the tempo by “tapping” a new one in real time (page 31). • When the rhythm part is stopped or Voice #000 is selected, selecting an accompaniment style automatically sets a tempo suitable for the accompaniment. If any voice other than Voice #000 is selected, changing the accompaniment during playback will not automatically change the tempo. • You can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Tempo is selected). 54 Using Auto Accompaniment—Multi Fingering When it is set to on (page 52), the auto accompaniment function automatically generates bass and chord accompaniment for you to play along with, by using Multi Fingering operation. You can change the chords of the accompaniment by playing keys in the auto accompaniment key range using either the “Single Finger” or “Fingered” method. With Single Finger you can simply play a one-, two- or three-finger chord indication (see “Single Finger Chords” below). The Fingered technique is that of conventionally playing all the notes of the chord. Whichever method you use, the EZ-30 “understands” what chord you indicate and then automatically generates the accompaniment. Single Finger Chords Chords that can be produced in Single Finger operation are major, minor, seventh and minor seventh. The illustration shows how to produce the four chord types. (The key of C is used here as an example; other keys follow the same rules. For example, Bb7 is played as Bb and A.) C C To play a major chord: Press the root note of the chord. Cm Cm To play a minor chord: Press the root note together with the nearest black key to the left of it. C7 To play a seventh chord: Press the root note together with the nearest white key to the left of it. Cm7 To play a minor seventh chord: Press the root note together with the nearest white and black keys to the left of it (three keys altogether). C7 Cm 7 A root key and keys you play Accompaniment key range (left side of 54[F#2]) 55 Auto Accompaniment Fingered Chords Using the key of C as an example, the chart below shows the types of chords that can be recognized in the Fingered mode. • Example for “C” chords CmM 7 CmM 7 (9) ( ) ( ( C (b5) CM7 b5 Cm 7 (9) Cm 7 (11) ) CM 7 aug CM7 (#11) ( Caug ) Csus 4 CM 7 (9) CM 7 ) C6 ) C (9) ( C 6 (9) C Cm (9) Cm 6 Cm 7 Cm 7 b5 CmM 7 b5 Cdim Cdim 7 C7 C 7 (13) C 7 (#9) C 7 b5 C 7 aug C 7 sus4 ) ( ) ) ( ( ) ( ) ( ) ) ( C 1+2+5 ( ) ( C 7 (b13) ( ) ) C 7 (b9) ( ) ( C 7 (#11) C 7 (9) ( ( ) ) ( ) Cm * Notes enclosed in parentheses are optional; the chords will be recognized without them. Chord Name/[Abbreviation] 56 Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display Major [M] 1-3-5 C C Add ninth [(9)] 1-2-3-5 C(9) C(9) Sixth [6] 1 - (3) - 5 - 6 C6 C6 Sixth ninth [6(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 6 C6(9) C6(9) Major seventh [M7] 1 - 3 - (5) - 7 or 1 - (3) - 5 - 7 CM7 CM7 Major seventh ninth [M7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 7 CM7(9) CM7(9) Major seventh add sharp eleventh [M7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - 7 or 1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - 7 CM7(#11) CM7(#11) Flatted fifth [(b5)] 1 - 3 - b5 C(b5) Cb5 Major seventh flatted fifth [M7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - 7 CM7b5 CM7b5 Suspended fourth [sus4] 1-4-5 Csus4 Csus4 Augmented [aug] 1 - 3 - #5 Caug Caug Major seventh augmented [M7aug] 1 - (3) - #5 - 7 CM7aug CM7aug Minor [m] 1 - b3 - 5 Cm Cm Minor add ninth [m(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - 5 Cm(9) Cm(9) Minor sixth [m6] 1 - b3 - 5 - 6 Cm6 Cm6 Minor seventh [m7] 1 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7 Cm7 Minor seventh ninth [m7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7(9) Cm7(9) Minor seventh add eleventh [m7(11)] 1 - (2) - b3 - 4 - 5 - (b7) Cm7(11) Cm7(11) Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display Minor major seventh [mM7] 1 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7 CmM7 Minor major seventh ninth [mM7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7(9) CmM7(9) Minor seventh flatted fifth [m7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - b7 Cm7b5 Cm7b5 Minor major seventh flatted fifth [mM7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - 7 CmM7b5 CmM7b5 Diminished [dim] 1 - b3 - b5 Cdim Cdim Diminished seventh [dim7] 1 - b3 - b5 - 6 Cdim7 Cdim7 Seventh [7] 1 - 3 - (5) - b7 or 1 - (3) - 5 - b7 C7 C7 Seventh flatted ninth [7(b9)] 1 - b2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(b9) C7(b9) Seventh add flatted thirteenth [7(b13)] 1 - 3 - 5 - b6 - b7 C7(b13) C7(b13) Seventh ninth [7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(9) C7(9) Seventh add sharp eleventh [7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - b7 or 1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - b7 C7(#11) C7(#11) Seventh add thirteenth [7(13)] 1 - 3 - (5) - 6 - b7 C7(13) C7(13) Seventh sharp ninth [7(#9)] 1 - #2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(#9) C7(#9) Seventh flatted fifth [7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - b7 C7b5 C7b5 Seventh augmented [7aug] 1 - 3 - #5 - b7 C7aug C7aug Seventh suspended fourth [7sus4] 1 - 4 - (5) - b7 C7sus4 C7sus4 One plus two plus five [1+2+5] 1-2-5 C1+2+5 C • Notes in parentheses can be omitted. • A perfect fifth (1 + 5) produces accompaniment based only on the root and fifth which can be used with both major and minor chords. • Playing two same root keys in the adjacent octaves produces accompaniment based only on the root. • The chord fingerings listed are all in “root” position, but other inversions can be used - with the following exceptions: m7, m7b5, 6, m6, sus4, aug, dim7, 7b5, 6(9), 1+2+5. • Inversion of the 7sus4 and m7(11) chords are not recognized if the notes shown in parentheses are omitted. • The auto accompaniment will sometimes not change when related chords are played in sequence (e.g. some minor chords followed by the minor seventh). • Two-note fingerings will produce a chord based on the previously played chord. • The split point for the auto accompaniment function is the same as that for the split voices. (See page 44.) 57 Auto Accompaniment Looking up Chords in the dictionary The Dictionary function is essentially a built-in “chord book” that shows you the individual notes of chords. It is ideal when you know the name of a certain chord and want to quickly learn how to play it. Press the [Dict.] button. Specify the root of the chord. Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord root (as printed on the panel). Pressing this key selects the root G. Specify the type of the chord (major, minor, seventh, etc.). Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord type (as printed on the panel). In this example, play M7 keys. • Usually, a Major chord name is represented by a root note name. E.g., “C” represents C Major. • If you press [+]/[–] buttons, another inversion will be indicated. 58 Play a chord, following the Light Guide. The display indicates the notes of the GM7 chord, and the Light Guide indicates which keys to play on the keyboard. The chord name flashes in the display (and a “congratulations” melody is played) when the correct notes are held down. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • What is a Chord? • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The simple answer: Three or more notes played simultaneously is a chord. (Two notes played together is an “interval” — an interval being the distance between two different notes. This is also referred to as a “harmony.”) Depending on the intervals between the three or more notes, a chord can sound beautiful or muddy and dissonant. The organization of notes in the example at left — a triad chord — produces a pleasant, harmonious sound. Triads are made up of three notes and are the most basic and common chords in most music. In this triad, the lowest note is the “root.” The root is the most important note in the chord, because it anchors the sound harmonically by determining its “key” and forms the basis for how we hear the other notes of the chord. The second note of this chord is four semitones higher than the first, and the third is three semitones higher than the second. Keeping our root note fixed and changing these notes by a semitone up or down (sharp or flat), we can create four different chords. Major chord (ex. C) Minor 3rd Minor chord (ex. Cm) Major 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Augmented chord (ex. Caug) Diminished chord (ex. Cdim) Major 3rd Minor 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Keep in mind that we can also change the “voicing” of a chord — for example, change the order of the notes (called “inversions”), or play the same notes in different octaves — without changing the basic nature of the chord itself. Inversion examples for the key of C G E C C G E E C G Beautiful sounding harmonies can be built in this manner. The use of intervals and chords is one of the most important elements in music. A wide variety of emotions and feelings can be created depending on the types of chords used and the order in which they are arranged. 59 Auto Accompaniment • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Writing Chord Names• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Knowing how to read and write chord names is an easy yet invaluable skill. Chords are often written in a kind of shorthand that makes them instantly recognizable (and gives you the freedom to play them with the voicing or inversion that you prefer). Once you understand the basic principles of harmony and chords, it’s very simple to use this shorthand to write out the chords of a song. First, write the root note of the chord in an uppercase letter. If you need to specify sharp or flat, indicate that to the right of the root. The chord type should be indicated to the right as well. Examples for the key of C are shown below. Major chord Minor chord Augmented chord Diminished chord C Cm Caug Cdim For simple major chords, the type is omitted. One important point: Chords are made up of notes “stacked” on top of each other, and the stacked notes are indicated in the chord name of the chord type as a number — the number being the distance of the note from the root. (See the keyboard diagram below.) For example, the minor 6th chord includes the 6th note of the scale, the major 7th chord has the 7th note of the scale, etc. The Intervals of the Scale Dominant 7th (flatted 7th) To better understand the intervals and the numbers used to represent them in the chord name, study this diagram of the C major scale: C D E F G A B C D E F Root 4th 3rd 2nd 7th 6th 5th 11th 9th Octave Other Chords Csus4 5th C7 4th Dominant 7th Cm7bb5 Cm7 Major chord Dominant 7th Cm6 C(9) CM7 Minor chord 7th Major chord Cdim7 * Bbb = A Dominant 7th 60 Diminished chord Minor chord 6th 9th Diminished 7th (double flatted 7th) Diminished chord Playing a Melody along with the Accompaniment You can play a melody along with the accompaniment. Accompaniment key range Play a melody with your right hand along with the accompaniment. While playing different chords with your left hand... Set a tempo you feel comfortable with. (See page 54.) Adjusting the Accompaniment Volume The playback volume of the accompaniment can be adjusted. This volume control affects only the accompaniment volume. Press the right Overall button repeatedly until “ACMP VOL” appears in the display. Current Accompaniment Volume value Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Accompaniment Volume value (000–127). The value decreases and the volume level is lowered. The value increases and the volume level is raised. • You can instantly restore the default setting of “100” by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Accompaniment Volume is selected). • Accompaniment Volume cannot be changed unless the Style mode is active. 61 Auto Accompaniment Changing the Accompaniment Section Accompaniment consists of Intro, Main A/B (Fill-in), and Ending sections. Using different sections based on the structure of songs enables you to enhance musical expression. Intro Press the [INTRO/ENDING] button before you start playing to select an Intro section. The Intro section is followed by the Main section. Press the button before the rhythm part starts. Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button before pressing the [START/STOP] button to specify the Main section that follows the Intro section. To cancel the Intro section, press the [INTRO/ENDING] button again. The display indicates the Main section (A or B) that will be played when the song starts. Main There are two Main sections, A and B. When you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button, the EZ-30 plays the Fill-in pattern, then changes to another variation. You can also assign the accompaniment sections by pressing the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button before the song starts (while the rhythm part is stopped). 62 About the Fill-in Patterns If you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button before beat 4... ...a fill-in pattern plays immediately until the end of the measure... 1st measure Beat 1 2 3 If you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button here, after beat 4... 4 2nd measure 1 2 3 4 ...a fill-in pattern plays from here... ...and the Main A or B section begins here. 3rd measure 1 2 3 ...and the Main A or B section begins here. Ending When you press the [INTRO/ENDING] button at the end of the song, the EZ-30 plays the Ending section appropriate for the song, then stops the performance. Ritardando (rit.) If you press the [INTRO/ENDING] button during the Ending section, the song gets slower little by little and then stops. 63 Registration Memory Registration Memory is a flexible and convenient function that lets you instantly reconfigure virtually all settings of the EZ-30 with the touch of a single button. Simply save your favorite custom panel settings to one of the Registration Memory presets (up to sixteen are available) for future recall. Recording a Registration Memory Preset Each of the sixteen Registration Memory can have different settings for the following parameters: • Voice number • Accompaniment On/Off * • Split Point • MAIN A/B * • Split On/Off • Accompaniment Split Point * • Reverb Type • Accompaniment volume * • DSP Type • Tempo * • Harmony On/Off setting and Type • Transpose • Style number * * These settings are disabled with the songs. The EZ-30 has eight Registration Memory banks, each with two different presets (a total of sixteen). Eight Registration Memory banks 1 Eight Registration Memory banks 2 Make all desired settings for the EZ-30. Virtually all of the EZ-30’s settings can be saved to a Registration Memory button. Select the desired bank. Press the [BANK] button, then press the desired bank number (1–8). Bank number 64 Record the settings to the desired preset, 1 or 2. While holding down the [MEMORY] button, press the appropriate REGISTRATION MEMORY preset button, [1] or [2]. Bank number If you select a REGISTRATION MEMORY preset button to which data has already been recorded, the existing data will be overwritten and deleted. Recalling a Registration Memory Preset Select the appropriate Registration Memory bank. If you recall settings from a Registration Memory preset, the current panel settings will be lost. Save important panel settings to another Registration Memory preset. Press the desired Registration Memory preset button ([1] or [2]). 65 Song Recording The EZ-30’s Song Memory function enables you to record up to five songs of your performance as User songs (Song #201– 205: User 1–5). You can also play the recorded songs in the same way as the preset songs. Recording a User Song The EZ-30 lets you play and record the individual parts of your own song in real time. You can record your performance to six tracks per User song (1–5). ● Melody tracks [1]–[5] .................Record melody to these tracks. ● Accompaniment track [A]...........Record chords to this track. Data that can be recorded to the normal (melody) tracks: • Note on/off • Velocity • Voice Number • Reverb Type * • DSP Type * • Sustain • Tempo *, Time Signature * (if no data is recorded in the accompaniment track) Data that can be recorded to the accompaniment track: • Chord changes and timing • Changing sections (Intro, Main A/B, etc.) • Style number * • Accompaniment Volume * • Reverb Type * • DSP Type * • Tempo, Time Signature * * These settings can only be recorded once at the beginning of a song; other settings can be changed in the middle of a song. • Note that song data will be lost if you turn off the power to the EZ-30, unplug the power adaptor from the AC outlet, or if the battery fully discharges while you are recording. • Song Memory Capacity: Maximum number of notes: approximately 10,000 (when only “melody” tracks are recorded) Maximum number of chords: approximately 5,500 (when only the accompaniment track is recorded) 66 Select a User song for recording. Use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song: 201– 205. If no song is manually selected, the EZ-30 automatically selects the first available empty song number. Select a track number for recording. Check the display for the track DATA indicators and select an unrecorded track. ● Recording a melody track and an accompaniment track at the same time: While pressing and holding down the [RECORD] button, press the desired SONG MEMORY button [1]–[5] and [A] button. Keep in mind that all recording operations “replace” the data. In other words, if you record to a track that already has recorded data, all previous data in the track will be erased and replaced by the newly recorded data. • If you select the accompaniment track for recording, the auto accompaniment function is automatically enabled. • You cannot turn the auto accompaniment function on or off after recording has started. • If you are recording using a split voice, the voice below the split point will not be recorded. 67 Song Recording ● Recording a melody track: While pressing and holding down the [RECORD] button, select the desired melody track button (1–5). The selected track’s number flashes on the display. • If auto accompaniment is turned on and the accompaniment track is not recorded, a melody track and the accompaniment track will automatically be selected as recording tracks. If you wish to record only the accompaniment track, press the button for the flashing melody track indicator to deselect the melody track. The melody track indicator is turned off. • To cancel recording, press the button for the flashing track indicator. The track indicator is turned off. Start recording. You can start recording simply by playing the keyboard (or by pressing the [START/STOP] button). The current measure number is indicated on the display during recording. Stop recording. After you’ve finished playing the part, press the [START/STOP] or [RECORD] button. or When you press the [INTRO/ENDING] button while recording the accompaniment track, the EZ-30 plays the Ending section and stops recording. When recording is finished, the measure number on the display is reset to “001” and the recorded tracks DATA indicators light up. Record to other tracks as desired. To do this, simply repeat steps #2–#4 above. Make sure that when you press the [SONG MEMORY] button corresponding to the desired track, the track number in the display flashes. 68 ● Re-recording... Select the recorded tracks as recording tracks. When you start recording, the new performance will overwrite the existing data. (The existing data will be deleted and replaced with new data.) Erasing a Song Song Clear The Song Clear operation completely erases all recorded data on all tracks of a selected User song. To erase an individual track of a song while leaving the other tracks intact, use the Track Clear operation (page 70). 1 Select the desired song. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song (201–205). 2 While holding down the [A] button, press SONG MEMORY button [1]. All track indications in the display flash, indicating that all tracks are to be erased. 3 Press the [+/YES] button. 4 At the “Sure?” prompt, press the [+/YES] button, or press the [–/NO] button to abort. Pressing the [+/YES] button executes the Song Clear operation. Pressing the [–/ NO] button aborts. 69 Song Recording Track Clear The Track Clear operation completely erases all recorded data on a selected track of a selected User song, leaving the other tracks intact. 1 Select the desired song. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song (201–205). 2 Press and hold down the button corresponding to the track to be erased. Press and hold down the appropriate SONG MEMORY button ([1]–[5], [A]) for at least one second. 3 Press the [+/YES] button. 4 At the “Sure?” prompt, press the [+/YES] button, or press the [–/NO] button to abort. Pressing the [+/YES] button executes the Track Clear operation. Pressing the [–/ NO] button aborts. 70 Loading a Song into Flash Memory The EZ-30’s internal flash memory enables you to save song data transmitted from a connected personal computer. You can play or practice Flash songs (saved in flash memory) in the same way as preset songs. To transmit song data from a personal computer to the EZ-30, you first need to install “Song Filer” application on the computer. Song data that can be saved in flash memory: The number of songs: max. 99 songs (Song #101–) Available memory: 488 KB Data format: SMF Installing Song Filer You can download “Song Filer” application from the following Yamaha PK CLUB website. Make sure that your computer has an Internet connection. Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page) http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/ System requirements for Song Filer: [Windows] OS: Windows 95/98/Me/2000 CPU: Pentium/100MHz or faster Available Memory: 8MB or more Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more Display: 800 x 600, 256 colors or more [Macintosh] OS: Mac OS 7.5 or upper CPU: Power PC or upper Available Memory: 8MB or more Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more Display: 800 x 600, 256 colors or more Visit the Yamaha PK CLUB website for more information on the latest version of Song Filer and the installation method. 71 Loading a Song into Flash Memory Song Filer’s Functions After you install Song Filer on the computer and connect the EZ-30 to the computer, you can use the two functions described below. • Refer to page 78 for information on connecting the EZ-30 to a computer. • You cannot use the Song Filer’s “Receive Files” function with the EZ-30. • For more information on using Song Filer, refer to the PDF manual included in the Song Filer application. ● Transmit Files You can transmit song files from your computer to your EZ-30’s Flash Memory. Transmit Computer EZ-30 ● Manage Files on Flash Memory You can delete and rename files on your EZ-30’s Flash Memory using your computer. 72 Delete Rename abcd.mid abcd.mid efgh.mid Octave If the notes in a Flash song are outside the EZ-30’s key range (C1–C6), You can change their pitch in octave steps so that you can use the Lesson function. If the indicator appears in the lower-left of the display during playback of flash songs, follow the procedure: Stop the song, and press the right Overall button to select “OCTAVE”. Current Octave value Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set the desired Octave value (–2 – +2) until the indicator disappear. • You can instantly restore the default setting of “0” by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Octave is selected). • You can set the Octave function only for the Flash songs. Selecting a right/left-hand guide track You can select a track that guides your right and left hand fingering during the Lesson (See page 34). This function is available only when you select a flash memory song (SMF format 0). 1. While the song is stopped, press and hold down the LESSON [R] or [L] button to select the desired part. A frame appears around the number of the GUIDE track. 2. Press the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select a lesson track number. 73 Loading a Song into Flash Memory Available Flash Memory Amount Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI”. Press the [4] button to display “F-SIZE.” The amount of available memory is indicated in KB. The amount of available memory (KB) Flash Clear All data in flash memory (Song #101–) can be initialized. Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn off the power to the EZ-30. While holding down the highest black key (A#5), press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn on the power to the EZ-30. The flash memory will be initialized. When the initialization is complete, the EZ-30 indicates “ClrFlash” on the display. Highest black key (A#5) See page 84 for information on initializing the panel settings. 74 MIDI Functions The EZ-30 is MIDI-compatible, featuring MIDI IN and MIDI OUT terminals and providing a variety of MIDI-related controls. By using the MIDI functions you can expand your musical possibilities. This section explains what MIDI is, and what it can do, as well as how you can use MIDI on your EZ-30. What is MIDI? No doubt you have heard the terms “acoustic instrument” and “digital instrument.” In the world today, these are the two main categories of instruments. Let’s consider an acoustic piano and a classical guitar as representative acoustic instruments. They are easy to understand. With the piano, you strike a key, and a hammer inside hits some strings and plays a note. With the guitar, you directly pluck a string and the note sounds. But how does a digital instrument go about playing a note? • Acoustic guitar note production • Digital instrument note production L Sampling Note Tone Generator (Electronic circuit) Sampling R Note Playing the keyboard Pluck a string and the body resonates the sound. Based on playing information from the keyboard, a sampling note stored in the tone generator is played through the speakers. Based on playing information from the keyboard, a sampling note stored in the tone generator is played through the speakers. As shown in the illustration above, in an electronic instrument the sampling note (previously recorded note) stored in the tone generator section (electronic circuit) is played based on information received from the keyboard. So then what is the information from the keyboard that becomes the basis for note production? For example, let’s say you play a “C” quarter note using the grand piano sound on the EZ-30 keyboard. Unlike an acoustic instrument that puts out a resonated note, the electronic instrument puts out information from the keyboard such as “with what voice,” “with which key,” “about how strong,” “when was it pressed,” and “when was it released.” Then each piece of information is changed into a number value and sent to the tone generator. Using these numbers as a basis, the tone generator plays the stored sampling note. Example of Keyboard Information Voice number (with what voice) 01 (grand piano) Note number (with which key) 60 (C3) Note on (when was it pressed) and note off (when was it released) Timing expressed numerically (quarter note) Velocity (about how strong) 20 (strong) 75 MIDI Functions MIDI is an acronym that stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface, which allows electronic musical instruments to communicate with each other, by sending and receiving compatible Note, Control Change, Program Change and various other types of MIDI data, or messages. The EZ-30 can control a MIDI device by transmitting note related data and various types of controller data. The EZ-30 can be controlled by the incoming MIDI messages which automatically determine tone generator mode, select MIDI channels, voices and effects, change parameter values and of course play the voices specified for the various parts. MIDI messages can be divided into two groups: Channel messages and System messages. Below is an explanation of the various types of MIDI messages which the EZ-30 can receive/transmit. Channel Messages The EZ-30 is an electronic instrument that can handle 16 channels. This is usually expressed as “it can play 16 instruments at the same time.” Channel messages transmit information such as Note ON/OFF, Program Change, for each of the 16 channels. Message Name EZ-30 Operation/Panel Setting Note ON/OFF Messages which are generated when the keyboard is played. Each message includes a specific note number which corresponds to the key which is pressed, plus a velocity value based on how hard the key is stuck. Program Change Voice number (along with corresponding bank select MSB/LSB settings, if necessary). Control Change Messages that are used to change some aspect of the sound (modulation, volume, pan, etc.). System Messages This is data that is used in common by the entire MIDI system. System messages include messages like Exclusive Messages that transmit data unique to each instrument manufacturer and Realtime Messages that control the MIDI device. Message Name EZ-30 Operation/Panel Setting Exclusive Message Reverb/chorus/DSP settings, etc. Realtime Messages Clock setting Start/stop operation The messages transmitted/received by the EZ-30 are shown in the MIDI Implementation Chart on page 98. GM System Level 1 “GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level 1. The EZ-30 supports GM System Level 1. 76 MIDI Terminals In order to exchange MIDI data between multiple devices, each device must be connected by a cable. The MIDI terminals of the EZ-30 are located on the rear panel. • MIDI IN....................Receives MIDI data from another MIDI device. • MIDI OUT ................Transmits the EZ-30’s keyboard information as MIDI data to another MIDI device. MIDI LSB receive cancel To set the EZ-30 so that it will not receive LSB data for Bank Select, press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn on the power to the EZ-30 while holding down the lowest key (C1). To cancel this setting, turn on the power to the EZ-30 again in the normal manner. Available MIDI Functions The EZ-30 has MIDI IN/OUT terminals on the rear panel. Using the MIDI functions can expand your possibilities for creating and playing music. ● Playing on a MIDI keyboard (without an internal tone generator) can produce sound on the EZ-30. (without an internal tone generator) MIDI reception EZ-30 MIDI IN MIDI Keyboard MIDI OUT ● You can record performance data created on the EZ-30 (performance using the keyboard and auto accompaniment: 1–16 channels) to an external sequencer (such as sequence software on a computer). You can then edit the performance data on the external sequencer and play it again on the EZ-30. Editing and arranging after recording MIDI transmission EZ-30 MIDI OUT MIDI IN MIDI IN MIDI OUT MIDI reception (playback) Personal Computer, Sequencer → Initial send (See page 81.) 77 MIDI Functions You can send song data from a computer to the EZ-30’s internal flash memory. (See page 71.) Performance data recorded in User songs can be output via MIDI and saved in an external device as SMF data for other applications. (See page 82.) • You will need sequence software to use a personal computer. • You can use the notation display and Light Guide for note data that is received on Channel 1. • The songs (1–20) and Flash songs are not output via MIDI. • To transmit song data to flash memory, first you need to install Song Filer on the computer. (See page 71.) Connecting to a Personal Computer By connecting your EZ-30’s MIDI terminals to a personal computer, you can have access to a wide variety of music software. When using a MIDI interface device installed in the personal computer, connect the MIDI terminals of the personal computer and the EZ-30. Use only special MIDI cables when connecting MIDI devices. ● Connect the MIDI terminals of the EZ-30 to the MIDI terminals of the personal computer. Computer (Sequence software) MIDI OUT MIDI IN MIDI IN EZ-30 MIDI OUT ● When using a MIDI interface with a Macintosh series computer, connect the RS-422 terminal of the computer (modem or printer terminal) to the MIDI interface, as shown in the diagram below. Computer (Sequence software) MIDI Interface RS-422 MIDI IN MIDI OUT 78 EZ-30 ● To connect a computer with a USB terminal to the EZ-30, you need an optional USB-MIDI interface. Computer (Sequence software) USB-MIDI Interface MIDI IN EZ-30 MIDI OUT USB cable When using a Macintosh series computer, set the MIDI interface clock setting in the application software to match the setting of the MIDI interface you are using. For details, refer to the owner’s manual for the software you are using. Local Control This function lets you enable or disable keyboard control over the EZ-30’s voices. This would come in handy, for example, when recording notes to MIDI sequencer. If you are using the sequencer to play back the voices of the EZ-30, you would want to set this to “off” - in order to avoid getting “double” notes, both from the keyboard and from the sequencer. Normally, when playing the EZ-30 by itself, this should be set to “on.” Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI”. If “LOCAL” does not appear in the display, press the [1] button. Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Local Control to on or off. 79 MIDI Functions Using Bulk Dump Send to Save Data This operation lets you save important EZ-30 data and settings to another device, such as a sequencer, computer, or MIDI data filer. This operation saves all User song data and all settings for the Registration Memory presets. Once the data is saved, you can reload it any time you need it. This allows you to save your data to floppy disk using a computer or a MIDI data filer (such as the Yamaha MDF3), and have unlimited storage capacity for your valuable EZ-30 data. Saving Bulk Data • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • This function cannot be used in the Song playing, recording or when the accompaniment is playing. Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI”. Press the [2] button to display “BULKDUMP”. Press the [START/STOP] button to start the Bulk Dump operation. When the operation is completed, “End” appears in the display. 80 Loading Bulk Data • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Once you’ve saved EZ-30 data as described above, you can easily reload the data back to the EZ-30. Send the data from the connected MIDI device. The EZ-30 automatically receives the data. When the operation is completed, the display returns to the currently selected voice. This operation erases any and all of your original data in the EZ-30. Make sure to save your original settings and data using the Bulk Dump operation described above. • Make sure that the EZ-30 is not in the middle of an operation, such as song recording or playback, Accompaniment playback, saving a Registration Memory preset, sending Bulk Dump data, etc. • When the EZ-30 is receiving bulk data, none of the panel controls can be used. • If, for some reason, some problem occurred in the data reception, a “RcvError” message is shown in the display. Check all connections and settings and try the operation again. Transmitting the EZ-30 Panel Settings (Initial Send) The EZ-30’s panel settings can be transmitted to an external device. Recording data to an external sequencer enables you to play back the data utilizing the panel settings used for the recording. Press the right Overall button repeatedly to select “MIDI.” Press the [3] button to display “INITSEND”. Press the [START/STOP] button to execute Initial Send. When the transmission is complete, “End” appears in the display. 81 MIDI Functions Transmitting SMF Format Data Performance data recorded in the EZ-30’s User songs can be transmitted via MIDI and stored in the SMF format. 1 Select a User song to transmit. 2 Follow the steps described above in the “Transmitting the EZ-30 Panel Settings (Initial Send)” section. 3 Press the [SONG] button, then the [START/STOP] button to transmit the song data. You can store the data (received on the computer via MIDI) in the SMF format file so that it can be used for another application. 82 Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause and Solution When the EZ-30 is turned on or off, a popping sound is temporarily produced. This is normal and indicates that the EZ-30 is receiving electrical power. • The volume level is low. • Tonal quality has degraded. • Recorded songs are not played correctly. • The display indication is turned off suddenly and the panel settings are reset. The battery voltage is low. Replace all six batteries with new ones, or use the AC adaptor. Noise is produced from the EZ30. When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the EZ-30 may produce interference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it further away from the EZ-30. There is no sound even when the keyboard is played or when a song is being played back. Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack, no sound is output. When using the Dictionary function (page 58), the keys in the right hand section are used only for entering the chord root and type. The effects (Reverb/DSP/Harmony) are not applied. Each effect (Reverb/DSP/Harmony) is turned off. Select a type for each effect. (See page 48, 49, 50.) The auto accompaniment doesn’t turn on, even when pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button. When playing back one of the Pianist styles (#97–#106), the rhythm cannot be heard. The Pianist styles have no drums or bass - only piano accompaniment. Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound seems to be cut off. The EZ-30 is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes. If the Dual voice or Split voice is being used and a style or song is playing back at the same time, some notes/sounds may be omitted (or “stolen”) from the accompaniment or song. Auto accompaniment is not played correctly. The accompaniment volume setting is low. Refer to page 61 to raise the volume level. The auto accompaniment split point is set incorrectly for the played chords. See page 44 to set a correct split point. The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. You turned on the power to the EZ-30 while pressing the footswitch. Turn the power off, then turn it on again without pressing the footswitch. 83 Data Backup & Initialization Data Backup Except for the data listed below, all EZ-30 panel settings are reset to their initial settings whenever the power is turned on. The data listed below are backed up i.e. retained in memory - as long as an AC adaptor is connected or a set of batteries is installed. • User Song Data • Song Volume • Registration Memory Data • Registration Memory Bank Number • Metronome Volume • Touch On/Off • Tuning • Grade On/Off • Talking On/Off • Guide Voice On/Off Data Initialization All data can be initialized and restored to the factory preset condition by turning on the power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key on the keyboard. “CLr Backup” will appear briefly on the display. 1 Press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn off the power to the EZ-30. 2 While holding down the highest white key, press the [STANDBY/ON] switch to turn on the power to the EZ-30 to initialize the data. When initialization is complete, the display indicates “CLr Backup.” All Registration Memory and User song data, plus the other settings listed above, will be erased and/or changed when the data initialization procedure is carried out. • Carrying out the data initialization procedure will usually restore normal operation if the EZ-30 freezes or begins to act erratically for any reason. • Refer to page 74 for information on initializing flash memory. 84 Voice List ■ Maximum Polyphony The EZ-30 has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a maximum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto Accompaniment uses a number of the available notes, so when Auto Accompaniment is used the total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions. • The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each voice. Use these program change numbers when playing the EZ-30 via MIDI from an external device. • Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after the notes have been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch) is held. Bank Select# Voice# MSB# LSB# 001 002 003 004 005 006 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 112 112 112 112 007 008 009 010 011 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 113 114 112 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 113 112 116 112 114 118 119 114 112 113 112 024 025 026 027 000 000 000 000 113 112 113 112 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 113 112 113 112 112 112 112 037 038 039 040 041 042 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 112 112 112 112 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# PIANO 000 Grand Piano 001 Bright Piano 000 Piano and Slow Strings 002 MIDI Grand Piano 003 Honky-tonk Piano 006 Harpsichord E.PIANO 005 DX Modern Elec. Piano 004 Funky Electric Piano 005 Hyper Tines 005 Venus Electric Piano 007 Clavi ORGAN 016 Jazz Organ 1 016 Jazz Organ 2 017 Click Organ 016 Bright Organ 018 Rock Organ 018 Purple Organ 016 16'+2' Organ 016 16'+4' Organ 016 Theater Organ 019 Church Organ 019 Chapel Organ 020 Reed Organ ACCORDION 021 Traditional Accordion 021 Musette Accordion 023 Bandoneon 022 Harmonica GUITAR 024 Classical Guitar 025 Folk Guitar 025 12Strings Guitar 026 Jazz Guitar 026 Octave Guitar 027 Clean Guitar 028 Muted Guitar 029 Overdriven Guitar 030 Distortion Guitar BASS 032 Acoustic Bass 033 Finger Bass 034 Pick Bass 035 Fretless Bass 036 Slap Bass 038 Synth Bass Bank Select# Voice# MSB# LSB# 043 044 000 000 113 113 045 046 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 112 113 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 057 058 059 060 000 000 000 000 112 113 112 112 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 112 114 112 112 112 112 112 070 071 072 073 074 075 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 112 113 112 112 076 077 078 079 080 081 000 000 000 000 000 000 113 113 112 119 112 113 082 083 084 000 000 000 112 112 112 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# 038 Hi-Q Bass 039 Dance Bass STRINGS 048 String Ensemble 049 Chamber Strings 050 Synth Strings 049 Slow Strings 044 Tremolo Strings 045 Pizzicato Strings 055 Orchestra Hit 040 Violin 042 Cello 043 Contrabass 105 Banjo 046 Harp CHOIR 052 Choir 052 Vocal Ensemble 053 Vox Humana 054 Air Choir SAXOPHONE 064 Soprano Sax 065 Alto Sax 066 Tenor Sax 066 Breathy Tenor 067 Baritone Sax 068 Oboe 069 English Horn 070 Bassoon 071 Clarinet TRUMPET 056 Trumpet 059 Muted Trumpet 057 Trombone 057 Trombone Section 060 French Horn 058 Tuba BRASS 061 Big Brass 061 Brass Sax 061 Brass Section 061 Mellow Horns 062 Synth Brass 062 Jump Brass FLUTE 073 Flute 072 Piccolo 075 Pan Flute 85 Bank Select# Voice# MSB# LSB# 085 086 000 000 112 112 087 088 089 090 091 092 093 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 115 119 114 113 112 094 095 096 097 098 000 000 000 000 000 112 113 112 112 113 099 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# 074 Recorder 079 Ocarina SYNTH LEAD 080 Square Lead 081 Sawtooth Lead 081 Analogon 081 Fargo 062 Techno Brass 002 SynPiano 098 Star Dust SYNTH PAD 088 Fantasia 100 Bell Pad 091 Xenon Pad 094 Equinox 089 Dark Moon PERCUSSION 011 Vibraphone 012 Marimba 013 Xylophone 114 Steel Drums 008 Celesta 014 Tubular Bells 047 Timpani 010 Music Box SPLIT – Acoustic Bass/Piano – FingerBass/Bright Piano – Fretless Bass/ DX Modern EP – FretlessBass/Vibraphon – FretlessBass/Brass – Analogon/SawLead – SlapBass/Clavinet – Guitar/Flute – Strings/Piano – VoxHumana/Choir DRUM KITS 000 Standard Kit 1 001 Standard Kit 2 008 Room Kit 016 Rock Kit 024 Electronic Kit 025 Analog Kit 027 Dance Kit 032 Jazz Kit 040 Brush Kit 048 Symphony Kit 000 SFX Kit 1 001 SFX Kit 2 ■ Expanded Voices Bank Select# Voice# 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 86 MSB# LSB# 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 001 018 040 041 000 001 000 001 032 040 041 000 001 000 001 MIDI Program Change# PIANO 000 000 000 000 000 001 001 002 002 002 002 002 003 003 004 004 Voice Name Grand Piano Grand Piano KSP Mellow Grand Piano Piano Strings Dream Bright Piano Bright Piano KSP Electric Grand Piano Electric Grand Piano KSP Detuned CP80 Layered CP 1 Layered CP 2 Honky-tonk Piano Honky-tonk Piano KSP Electric Piano 1 Electric Piano 1 KSP Bank Select# Voice# MSB# LSB# 145 146 147 000 000 000 018 032 040 148 000 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 158 000 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 MIDI Program Change# 004 004 004 Voice Name Mellow Electric Piano 1 Chorus Electric Piano 1 Hard Electric Piano Velocity Crossfade Electric 045 004 Piano 1 064 004 60's Electric Piano 1 000 005 Electric Piano 2 001 005 Electric Piano 2 KSP 032 005 Chorus Electric Piano 2 033 005 DX Electric Piano Hard 034 005 DX Legend 040 005 DX Phase Electric Piano 041 005 DX + Analog Electric Piano 042 005 DX Koto Electric Piano Velocity Crossfade Electric 045 005 Piano 2 000 006 Harpsichord 001 006 Harpsichord KSP 025 006 Harpsichord 2 035 006 Harpsichord 3 000 007 Clavi 001 007 Clavi KSP 027 007 Clavi Wah 064 007 Pulse Clavi 065 007 Pierce Clavi VIBRAPHONE etc. 000 008 Celesta 000 009 Glockenspiel 000 010 Music Box 064 010 Orgel 000 011 Vibraphone 001 011 Vibraphone KSP 045 011 Hard Vibraphone 000 012 Marimba 001 012 Marimba KSP 064 012 Sine Marimba 097 012 Balimba 098 012 Log Drums 000 013 Xylophone 000 014 Tubular Bells 096 014 Church Bells 097 014 Carillon 000 015 Dulcimer 035 015 Dulcimer 2 096 015 Cimbalom 097 015 Santur ORGAN 000 016 Drawbar Organ 032 016 Detuned Drawbar Organ 033 016 60's Drawbar Organ 1 034 016 60's Drawbar Organ 2 035 016 70's Drawbar Organ 1 036 016 Drawbar Organ 2 037 016 60's Drawbar Organ 3 038 016 Even Bar 040 016 "16+2""2/3" 064 016 Organ Bass 065 016 70's Drawbar Organ 2 066 016 Cheezy Organ 067 016 Drawbar Organ 3 000 017 Percussive Organ 024 017 70's Percussive Organ 032 017 Detuned Percussive Organ 033 017 Light Organ 037 017 Percussive Organ 2 000 018 Rock Organ 064 018 Rotary Organ 065 018 Slow Rotary 066 018 Fast Rotary 000 019 Church Organ 032 019 Church Organ 3 035 019 Church Organ 2 040 019 Notre Dame MSB# LSB# 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 064 065 000 040 000 032 000 032 000 064 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 016 025 043 096 000 016 035 040 041 096 000 018 032 000 032 000 040 041 043 045 000 043 000 040 041 000 065 066 253 254 000 000 000 040 MIDI Program Change# 019 019 020 020 021 021 022 022 023 023 GUITAR 024 024 024 024 024 025 025 025 025 025 025 026 026 026 027 027 028 028 028 028 028 029 029 030 030 030 031 031 031 BASS 032 032 255 000 045 032 256 257 258 000 000 000 000 018 027 033 033 033 259 000 040 033 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 043 045 065 000 028 000 032 033 034 096 097 000 027 032 000 043 000 018 020 024 035 040 064 033 033 033 034 034 035 035 035 035 035 035 036 036 036 037 037 038 038 038 038 038 038 038 Bank Select# Voice# Bank Select# Voice Name Organ Flute Tremolo Organ Flute Reed Organ Puff Organ Accordion Accord It Hamonica Harmonica 2 Tango Accordion Tango Accordion 2 Nylon Guitar Nylon Guitar 2 Nylon Guitar 3 Velocity Guitar Harmonics Ukulele Steel Guitar Steel Guitar 2 12-string Guitar Nylon & Steel Guitar Steel Guitar with Body Sound Mandolin Jazz Guitar Mellow Guitar Jazz Amp Clean Guitar Chorus Guitar Muted Guitar Funk Guitar 1 Muted Steel Guitar Funk Guitar 2 Jazz Man Overdriven Guitar Guitar Pinch Distortion Guitar Feedback Guitar Feedback Guitar 2 Guitar Harmonics Guitar Feedback Guitar Harmonics 2 Acoustic Bass Jazz Rhythm Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass Finger Bass Finger Dark Flange Bass Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar Finger Slap Bass Finger Bass 2 Modulated Bass Pick Bass Muted Pick Bass Fretless Bass Fretless Bass 2 Fretless Bass 3 Fretless Bass 4 Synth Fretless Smooth Fretless Slap Bass 1 Resonant Slap Punch Thumb Bass Slap Bass 2 Velocity Switch Slap Synth Bass 1 Synth Bass 1 Dark Fast Resonant Bass Acid Bass Clavi Bass Techno Synth Bass Orbiter Voice# MSB# LSB# 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 065 066 096 000 006 012 018 019 032 040 041 064 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 008 000 000 000 000 008 040 000 000 040 000 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 003 008 024 035 040 041 042 045 000 003 008 040 041 064 065 000 027 064 065 000 000 003 016 032 040 000 000 040 041 064 000 035 064 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 016 017 032 000 018 000 016 000 000 006 032 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# 038 Square Bass 038 Rubber Bass 038 Hammer 039 Synth Bass 2 039 Mellow Synth Bass 039 Sequenced Bass 039 Click Synth Bass 039 Synth Bass 2 Dark 039 Smooth Synth Bass 039 Modular Synth Bass 039 DX Bass 039 X Wire Bass VIOLIN etc. 040 Violin 040 Slow Violin 041 Viola 042 Cello 043 Contrabass 044 Tremolo Strings 044 Slow Tremolo Strings 044 Suspense Strings 045 Pizzicato Strings 046 Orchestral Harp 046 Yang Chin 047 Timpani ENSEMBLE 048 Strings 1 048 Stereo Strings 048 Slow Strings 048 Arco Strings 048 60's Strings 048 Orchestra 048 Orchestra 2 048 Tremolo Orchestra 048 Velocity Strings 049 Strings 2 049 Stereo Slow Strings 049 Legato Strings 049 Warm Strings 049 Kingdom 049 70's Strings 049 String Ensemble 3 050 Synth Strings 1 050 Resonant Strings 050 Synth Strings 4 050 Synth Strings 5 051 Synth Strings 2 052 Choir Aahs 052 Stereo Choir 052 Choir Aahs 2 052 Mellow Choir 052 Choir Strings 053 Voice Oohs 054 Synth Voice 054 Synth Voice 2 054 Choral 054 Analog Voice 055 Orchestra Hit 055 Orchestra Hit 2 055 Impact TRUMPET etc. 056 Trumpet 056 Trumpet 2 056 Bright Trumpet 056 Warm Trumpet 057 Trombone 057 Trombone 2 058 Tuba 058 Tuba 2 059 Muted Trumpet 060 French Horn 060 French Horn Solo 060 French Horn 2 87 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# 037 060 Horn Orchestra 000 061 Brass Section 035 061 Trumpet & Trombone Section 040 061 Brass Section 2 041 061 High Brass 042 061 Mellow Brass 000 062 Synth Brass 1 012 062 Quack Brass 020 062 Resonant Synth Brass 024 062 Poly Brass 027 062 Synth Brass 3 032 062 Jump Brass 045 062 Analog Velocity Brass 1 064 062 Analog Brass 1 000 063 Synth Brass 2 018 063 Soft Brass 040 063 Synth Brass 4 041 063 Choir Brass 045 063 Analog Velocity Brass 2 064 063 Analog Brass 2 SAXOPHONE etc. 000 064 Soprano Sax 000 065 Alto Sax 040 065 Sax Section 043 065 Hyper Alto Sax 000 066 Tenor Sax 040 066 Breathy Tenor Sax 041 066 Soft Tenor Sax 064 066 Tenor Sax 2 000 067 Baritone Sax 000 068 Oboe 000 069 English Horn 000 070 Bassoon 000 071 Clarinet FLUTE etc. 000 072 Piccolo 000 073 Flute 000 074 Recorder 000 075 Pan Flute 000 076 Blown Bottle 000 077 Shakuhachi 000 078 Whistle 000 079 Ocarina SYNTH LEAD 000 080 Square Lead 006 080 Square Lead 2 008 080 LM Square 018 080 Hollow 019 080 Shroud 064 080 Mellow 065 080 Solo Sine 066 080 Sine Lead 000 081 Sawtooth Lead 006 081 Sawtooth Lead 2 008 081 Thick Sawtooth 018 081 Dynamic Sawtooth 019 081 Digital Sawtooth 020 081 Big Lead 024 081 Heavy Synth 025 081 Waspy Synth 040 081 Pulse Sawtooth 041 081 Dr. Lead 045 081 Velocity Lead 096 081 Sequenced Analog 000 082 Calliope Lead 065 082 Pure Pad 000 083 Chiff Lead 064 083 Rubby 000 084 Charang Lead 064 084 Distorted Lead 065 084 Wire Lead 000 085 Voice Lead 024 085 Synth Aahs Bank Select# Voice# 88 MSB# 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 LSB# Bank Select# Voice# MSB# LSB# 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 064 000 035 000 016 064 065 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 064 000 016 017 018 064 065 000 064 065 066 067 000 064 066 067 000 064 065 000 064 065 000 000 020 027 064 066 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 045 064 065 066 000 027 064 000 012 014 018 035 040 041 042 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 000 018 019 040 064 065 066 067 000 064 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# 085 Vox Lead 086 Fifths Lead 086 Big Five 087 Bass & Lead 087 Big & Low 087 Fat & Perky 087 Soft Whirl SYNTH PAD 088 New Age Pad 088 Fantasy 089 Warm Pad 089 Thick Pad 089 Soft Pad 089 Sine Pad 089 Horn Pad 089 Rotary Strings 090 Poly Synth Pad 090 Poly Pad 80 090 Click Pad 090 Analog Pad 090 Square Pad 091 Choir Pad 091 Heaven 091 Itopia 091 CC Pad 092 Bowed Pad 092 Glacier 092 Glass Pad 093 Metallic Pad 093 Tine Pad 093 Pan Pad 094 Halo Pad 095 Sweep Pad 095 Shwimmer 095 Converge 095 Polar Pad 095 Celestial SYNTH EFFECT 096 Rain 096 Clavi Pad 096 Harmo Rain 096 African Wind 096 Carib 097 Sound Track 097 Prologue 097 Ancestral 098 Crystal 098 Synth Drum Comp 098 Popcorn 098 Tiny Bells 098 Round Glockenspiel 098 Glockenspiel Chimes 098 Clear Bells 098 Chorus Bells 098 Synth Mallet 098 Soft Crystal 098 Loud Glockenspiel 098 Christmas Bells 098 Vibraphone Bells 098 Digital Bells 098 Air Bells 098 Bell Harp 098 Gamelimba 099 Atmosphere 099 Warm Atmosphere 099 Hollow Release 099 Nylon Electric Piano 099 Nylon Harp 099 Harp Vox 099 Atmosphere Pad 099 Planet 100 Brightness 100 Fantasy Bells Bank Select# Voice# MIDI Program Voice Name Change# 100 Smokey 101 Goblins 101 Goblins Synth 101 Creeper 101 Ring Pad 101 Ritual 101 To Heaven 101 Night 101 Glisten 101 Bell Choir 102 Echoes 102 Echoes 2 102 Echo Pan 102 Echo Bells 102 Big Pan 102 Synth Piano 102 Creation 102 Star Dust 102 Resonant & Panning 103 Sci-Fi 103 Starz ETHNIC 104 Sitar 104 Detuned Sitar 104 Sitar 2 104 Tambra 104 Tamboura 105 Banjo 105 Muted Banjo 105 Rabab 105 Gopichant 105 Oud 106 Shamisen 107 Koto 107 Taisho-kin 107 Kanoon 108 Kalimba 109 Bagpipe 110 Fiddle 111 Shanai 111 Shanai 2 111 Pungi 111 Hichiriki PERCUSSION 112 Tinkle Bell 112 Bonang 112 Altair 112 Gamelan Gongs 112 Stereo Gamelan Gongs 112 Rama Cymbal 112 Asian Bells 113 Agogo 114 Steel Drums 114 Glass Percussion 114 Thai Bells 115 Woodblock 115 Castanets 116 Taiko Drum 116 Gran Cassa 117 Melodic Tom 117 Melodic Tom 2 117 Real Tom 117 Rock Tom 118 Synth Drum 118 Analog Tom 118 Electronic Percussion 119 Reverse Cymbal SOUND EFFECT 120 Fret Noise 121 Breath Noise 122 Seashore 123 Bird Tweet 124 Telephone Ring MSB# LSB# 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 096 000 064 065 066 067 068 070 071 096 000 008 014 064 065 066 067 068 069 000 064 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 032 035 096 097 000 028 096 097 098 000 000 096 097 000 000 000 000 064 096 097 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 096 097 098 099 100 101 000 000 097 098 000 096 000 096 000 064 065 066 000 064 065 000 559 560 561 562 563 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 Bank Select# Voice# MSB# LSB# 564 565 566 000 000 000 000 000 000 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 064 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 MIDI Program Change# 125 126 127 SFX 000 001 003 016 032 033 034 035 036 037 048 049 050 054 055 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 096 097 098 099 100 112 113 114 115 Voice Name Helicopter Applause Gunshot Cutting Noise Cutting Noise 2 String Slap Flute Key Click Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Ghost Maou Phone Call Door Squeak Door Slam Scratch Cut Scratch Split Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Train Jet Plane Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat Footsteps Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework ■ ABC/DoReMi Voices Bank Select# Voice# 609 610 MSB# LSB# 000 000 112 112 MIDI Program Change# 126 127 Voice Name ABC (Oboe) DoReMi (Oboe) 89 Style List No. Style Name 8 beat Style Name No. Style Name 44 Disco Funk 86 6/8 March 1 8 Beat 1 45 Disco Fox 87 Polka Pop 2 8 Beat 2 46 Disco Party 88 PolkaOberkrainer 3 8 Beat Adria 47 Disco Latin 89 Jazz Waltz 4 8 Beat Pop 1 90 Country Waltz 5 British Pop 48 Swing 91 Vienna Waltz 6 8 Beat Soft 49 Big Band 1 92 Slow Waltz 16 beat 50 Big Band Ballad 93 Orch. Waltz Swing & Jazz 7 16 Beat 1 51 Jazz Ballad 94 WaltzOberkrainer 8 16 Beat 2 52 Jazz Trio 95 Musette 9 16 Beat 3 53 Boogie 96 Guitar Waltz 10 Soft Fusion 54 Bebop 11 Hip Hop Pop 55 Big Band 2 97 Stride 12 Cool Dance 56 Dixieland 13 16 Beat Funk 14 Funky Pop 15 16 Beat 4 Ballad Pianist 98 Boogie Rhythm & Blues 99 Swing 57 Gospel Shuffle 100 Pianoman 58 R&B 101 Ballad 59 Motown 102 Ragtime 16 Piano Ballad 60 Soul Shuffle 103 March 17 U.S. Ballad 61 6/8 Blues 104 6/8 March 18 Slow Rock Country 105 Waltz 19 Modern 6/8 62 Country Rock 106 Jazz Waltz 20 Guitar Ballad 63 Country 8 Beat 21 Organ Ballad 64 Country Pop 22 Epic Ballad 65 Country Swing 23 16 Beat Ballad 66 Bluegrass 24 Rock Ballad 67 Country Ballad 25 Slow Ballad 26 Pop Ballad 68 Samba Rio 69 Bossa Nova 27 Rock 1 70 Espanole 28 Hard Rock 71 Swing Reggae 29 Rock & Roll 72 Salsa 30 Twist 73 Mambo 31 4/4 Blues 32 6/8 Rock 74 Slow Fox 75 Quickstep 33 House 76 Tango 34 Eurobeat 77 Cha Cha Cha 35 Euro House 78 Samba 36 Trance 79 Rhumba 37 Clubdance 80 Pasodoble 38 Techno 81 Jive 39 Hip Hop 82 Beguine 40 Groundbeat 83 Foxtrot 41 90's Disco 42 70's Disco 84 U.S. March 43 Disco Chocolate 85 German March Rock Dance 90 No. Latin Ballroom March & Waltz Drum Kit List * “←” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”. * Each percussion voice uses one note. * The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than listed. For example, in “117: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H” (Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0). Voice No. 117 118 119 120 MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/001 127/000/008 127/000/16 Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Snare H Soft 2 ← ← Open Rim Shot 2 ← Bass Drum 2 ← Snare M 2 ← Snare H Hard 2 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Keyboard Note# 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 Note C#0 D0 D#0 E0 F0 F#0 G0 G#0 A0 A#0 B0 C1 C#1 D1 D#1 E1 F1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 A#1 B1 C2 C#2 D2 D#2 E2 F2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 A#2 B2 C3 C#3 D3 D#3 E3 F3 F#3 MIDI Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Note C#-1 D-1 D#-1 E-1 F-1 F#-1 G-1 G#-1 A-1 A#-1 B-1 C0 C#0 D0 D#0 E0 F0 F#0 G0 G#0 A0 A#0 B0 C1 C#1 D1 D#1 E1 F1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 A#1 B1 C2 C#2 D2 D#2 E2 F2 F#2 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← SD Room L ← SD Room H Room Tom 1 ← Room Tom 2 ← Room Tom 3 ← Room Tom 4 Room Tom 5 ← Room Tom 6 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← SD Rock H ← ← ← Bass Drum H BD Rock ← SD Rock L ← SD Rock Rim Rock Tom 1 ← Rock Tom 2 ← Rock Tom 3 ← Rock Tom 4 Rock Tom 5 ← Rock Tom 6 ← ← ← ← 91 Voice No. 117 118 119 120 MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/001 127/000/008 127/000/16 Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Keyboard Note# 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 Note G3 G#3 A3 A#3 B3 C4 C#4 D4 D#4 E4 F4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 A#4 B4 C5 C#5 D5 D#5 E5 F5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 A#5 B5 C6 MIDI Note# 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 92 G2 G#2 A2 A#2 B2 C3 C#3 D3 D#3 E3 F3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 A#3 B3 C4 C#4 D4 D#4 E4 F4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 A#4 B4 C5 Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Voice No. 121 122 123 124 MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/24 127/000/25 127/000/27 127/000/32 Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit Keyboard Note# Note Note C#0 D0 D#0 E0 F0 F#0 G0 G#0 A0 A#0 B0 C1 C#1 D1 D#1 E1 F1 F#1 MIDI Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Note C#-1 D-1 D#-1 E-1 F-1 F#-1 G-1 G#-1 A-1 A#-1 B-1 C0 C#0 D0 D#0 E0 F0 F#0 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Reverse Cymbal ← Hi Q 2 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Reverse Cymbal ← Hi Q 2 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Reverse Cymbal ← Hi Q 2 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Voice No. 121 122 123 124 MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/24 127/000/25 127/000/27 127/000/32 Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit SD Rock H ← Bass Drum H ← BD Analog L BD Analog H Analog Side Stick Analog Snare 1 ← Analog Snare 2 Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 1 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 2 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 ← ← ← ← ← Analog Cowbell ← ← ← ← ← Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L ← ← ← ← ← Analog Maracas ← ← ← ← Analog Claves ← ← Scratch Push Scratch Pull ← ← ← ← ← AnSD Snappy ← AnBD Dance-1 ← AnBD Dance-2 AnBD Dance-3 Analog Side Stick AnSD Q ← AnSD Ana+Acoustic Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 3 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 4 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open 2 Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 ← ← ← ← ← Analog Cowbell ← ← ← ← ← Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L ← ← ← ← ← Analog Maracas ← ← ← ← Analog Claves ← ← Scratch Push Scratch Pull ← ← ← ← ← Keyboard Note# 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 Note G1 G#1 A1 A#1 B1 C2 C#2 D2 D#2 E2 F2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 A#2 B2 C3 C#3 D3 D#3 E3 F3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 A#3 B3 C4 C#4 D4 D#4 E4 F4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 A#4 B4 C5 C#5 D5 D#5 E5 F5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 A#5 B5 C6 MIDI Note# 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Note G0 G#0 A0 A#0 B0 C1 C#1 D1 D#1 E1 F1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 A#1 B1 C2 C#2 D2 D#2 E2 F2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 A#2 B2 C3 C#3 D3 D#3 E3 F3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 A#3 B3 C4 C#4 D4 D#4 E4 F4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 A#4 B4 C5 Snare L ← Bass Drum H ← BD Rock BD Gate ← SD Rock L ← SD Rock H E Tom 1 ← E Tom 2 ← E Tom 3 ← E Tom 4 E Tom 5 ← E Tom 6 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Scratch Push Scratch Pull ← ← ← ← ← SD Jazz H Light ← ← ← ← BD Jazz ← SD Jazz L ← SD Jazz M Jazz Tom 1 ← Jazz Tom 2 ← Jazz Tom 3 ← Jazz Tom 4 Jazz Tom 5 ← Jazz Tom 6 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← 93 Voice No. 125 126 127 128 MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/40 127/000/48 126/000/000 126/000/001 Brush Kit Symphonic Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2 Keyboard Note# 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 94 Note C#0 D0 D#0 E0 F0 F#0 G0 G#0 A0 A#0 B0 C1 C#1 D1 D#1 E1 F1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 A#1 B1 C2 C#2 D2 D#2 E2 F2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 A#2 B2 C3 C#3 D3 D#3 E3 F3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 A#3 B3 C4 C#4 D4 D#4 E4 F4 F#4 MIDI Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 Note C#-1 D-1 D#-1 E-1 F-1 F#-1 G-1 G#-1 A-1 A#-1 B-1 C0 C#0 D0 D#0 E0 F0 F#0 G0 G#0 A0 A#0 B0 C1 C#1 D1 D#1 E1 F1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 A#1 B1 C2 C#2 D2 D#2 E2 F2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 A#2 B2 C3 C#3 D3 D#3 E3 F3 F#3 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Brush Slap L ← ← ← ← BD Jazz ← Brush Slap ← Brush Tap Brush Tom 1 ← Brush Tom 2 ← Brush Tom 3 ← Brush Tom 4 Brush Tom 5 ← Brush Tom 6 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Bass Drum L ← Gran Cassa Gran Cassa Mute ← Marching Sn M ← Marching Sn H Jazz Tom 1 ← Jazz Tom 2 ← Jazz Tom 3 ← Jazz Tom 4 Jazz Tom 5 Hand Cym. L Jazz Tom 6 Hand Cym.Short L ← ← ← ← ← Hand Cym. H ← Hand Cym.Short H ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Cutting Noise Cutting Noise 2 String Slap Flute Key Click Phone Call Door Squeak Door Slam Scratch Cut Scratch Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Train Jet Plane Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Voice No. 125 126 127 128 MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/40 127/000/48 126/000/000 126/000/001 Brush Kit Symphonic Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2 Keyboard Note# 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 Note G4 G#4 A4 A#4 B4 C5 C#5 D5 D#5 E5 F5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 A#5 B5 C6 C#6 D6 D#6 E6 F6 F#6 G6 MIDI Note# 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Note G3 G#3 A3 A#3 B3 C4 C#4 D4 D#4 E4 F4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 A#4 B4 C5 C#5 D5 D#5 E5 F5 F#5 G5 ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← ← Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat FootSteps Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework Ghost Maou 95 Effect Type List ■ Reverb Types No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Reverb Type Hall 1 Hall 2 Room 1 Room 2 Stage 1 Stage 2 Plate 1 Plate 2 Off Display Name Hall1 Hall2 Room1 Room2 Stage1 Stage2 Plate1 Plate2 Off Description Concert hall reverb. Small room reverb. Reverb for solo instruments. Simulated steel plate reverb. No effect. ■ DSP Types No. 96 DSP Type Display Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Hall 1 Hall 2 Room 1 Room 2 Stage 1 Stage 2 Plate 1 Plate 2 Early Reflection 1 Early Reflection 2 Gate Reverb Hall1 Hall2 Room1 Room2 Stage1 Stage2 Plate1 Plate2 ER1 ER2 Gate1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Reverse Gate Chorus 1 Chorus 2 Flanger 1 Flanger 2 Symphonic Phaser Rotary Speaker 1 Rotary Speaker 2 Tremolo 1 Tremolo 2 Guitar Tremolo Auto Pan Gate2 Chorus1 Chorus2 Flanger1 Flanger2 Symphony Phaser Rotary1 Rotary2 Tremolo1 Tremolo2 Guitar Tremolo Auto Pan 25 26 Auto Wah DelayLCR 27 Auto Wah Delay Left - Center Right Delay Left - Right 28 Echo Echo 29 Cross Delay CrossDly 30 31 32 33 34 Karaoke Distortion Hard Distortion Soft Overdrive Amp Simulation Karaoke D Hard D Soft Overdrv AmpSimu DelayLR Description Concert hall reverb. Small room reverb. Reverb for solo instruments. Simulated steel plate reverb. Early reflections only. Gated reverb effect, in which the reverberation is quickly cut off for special effects. Similar to Gate Reverb, but with a reverse increase in reverb. Conventional chorus effect with rich, warm chorusing. Pronounced three-phase modulation with slight metallic sound. Exceptionally rich & deep chorusing. Pronounced, metallic modulation with periodic phase change. Rotary speaker simulation. Rich Tremolo effect with both volume and pitch modulation. Simulated electric guitar tremolo. Several panning effects that automatically shift the sound position (left, right, front, back). Repeating filter sweep “wah” effect. Three independent delays, for the left, right and center stereo positions. Initial delay for each stereo channel, and two separate feedback delays. Stereo delay, with independent feedback level settings for each channel. Complex effect that sends the delayed repeats “bouncing” between the left and right channels. Deep, pronounced echo effect. Hard-edged, warm distortion. Soft, warm distortion. Natural distortion, like that of an overdriven amplifier. Characteristic sound of a guitar amplifier/speaker. No. DSP Type Display Name 35 EQ Disco EQ Disco 36 EQ Telephone EQ Tel 37 38 39 3Band EQ 2Band EQ No Effect 3BandEQ 2BandEQ Off Description Equalizer effect that boosts both high and low frequencies, as is typical in most disco music. Equalizer effect that cuts both high and low frequencies, to simulate the sound heard through a telephone receiver. Equalizer with three separate frequency bands. Equalizer with two separate frequency bands. No effect ■ Harmony Types No. Harmony Type Display Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 Duet Trio Block Country Octave Trill 1/4 note Duet Trio Block Country Octave Tril1/4 7 Trill 1/6 note Tril1/6 8 Trill 1/8 note Tril1/8 9 Trill 1/12 note Tril1/12 10 Trill 1/16 note Tril1/16 11 Trill 1/24 note Tril1/24 12 Trill 1/32 note Tril1/32 13 Tremolo 1/4 note Trem1/4 14 Tremolo 1/6 note Trem1/6 15 Tremolo 1/8 note Trem1/8 16 Tremolo 1/12 note Trem1/12 17 Tremolo 1/16 note Trem1/16 18 Tremolo 1/24 note Trem1/24 19 Tremolo 1/32 note Trem1/32 20 Echo 1/4 note Echo1/4 21 Echo 1/6 note Echo1/6 22 Echo 1/8 note Echo1/8 23 Echo 1/12 note Echo1/12 24 Echo 1/16 note Echo1/16 25 Echo 1/24 note Echo1/24 26 Echo 1/32 note Echo1/32 Description Harmony types 1–5 are pitch-based and add one-, two- or threenote harmonies to the single-note melody played in the right hand. These types only sound when chords are played in the auto accompaniment section of the keyboard. 3 3 Types 6 - 26 are rhythm-based effects and add embellishments or delayed repeats in time with the auto accompaniment. These types sound whether the auto accompaniment is on or not; however, the actual speed of the effect depends on the Tempo setting (page 54). The individual note values in each type let you synchronize the effect precisely to the rhythm. Triplet settings are also available: 1/6 = quarter-note triplets, 1/12 = eighth-note triplets, 1/24 = sixteenth-note triplets. • The Trill effect Types (6–12) create two-note trills (alternating notes) when two notes are held. 3 • The Tremolo effect Types (13–19) repeat all held notes (up to four). • The Echo effect Types (20–26) create delayed repeats of each note played. 3 3 3 3 3 3 97 98 Prog Change Control 0,32 1 6,38 7 10 11 64 71 72 73 74 84 91,93,94 96,97 100,101 Key's Ch's After Touch Pitch Bend Note ON Note OFF Velocity o 0 - 127 o x x o x x o x x x x x x x x x x x o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=0 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 0 - 127 : True voice ************** 3 x ************** Default Messages Altered Mode Note Number 1 - 16 1 - 16 Default Changed Basic Channel Transmitted *1 *1 o 0 - 127 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o x x o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=0 or 8nH 0 - 127 0 - 127 3 x x 1 - 16 1 - 16 Recognized [ Portable Keyboard ] Model EZ-30 MIDI Implementation Chart Function... YAMAHA Bank Select Modulation wheel Data Entry Part Volume Pan Expression Sustain Harmonic Content Release Time Attack Time Brightness Portamento Cntrl Effect Depth RPN Inc,Dec RPN LSB,MSB Remarks Date:26-JAN-2001 Version : 1.0 MIDI Implementation Chart 99 : True # x x x x o x Aux x x x o o o Mode 1 : OMNI ON , POLY Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY :All Sound OFF :Reset All Cntrls :Local ON/OFF :All Notes OFF Mes- :Active Sense sages:Reset *2 *4 *3 o(120,126,127) o(121) o(122) *5 o(123-125) o x o o x x x o o 0 - 127 o o Mode 2 : OMNI ON ,MONO Mode 4 : OMNI OFF,MONO *4 *3 o 0 - 127 ************** x x System : Clock Real Time: Commands Common : Song Pos. : Song Sel. : Tune System Exclusive Prog Change 96,97 100,101 o : Yes x : No RPN Inc,Dec RPN LSB,MSB NOTE: *1 By default (factory settings) the EZ-30 ordinarily functions as a 16-channel multi-timbral tone generator, and incoming data does not affect the panel voices or panel settings. However, the MIDI messages listed below do affect the panel voices, auto accompaniment, and songs. • MIDI Master Tuning • System exclusive messages for changing the Reverb Type, Chorus Type, and DSP Type. *2 Messages for these control change numbers cannot be transmitted from the EZ-30 itself. However, they may be transmitted when playing the accompaniment, song or using the Harmony effect. *3 Exclusive <GM System ON> F0H, 7EH, 7FH, 09H, 01H, F7H • This message automatically restores all default settings for the instrument, with the exception of MIDI Master Tuning. <MIDI Master Volume> F0H, 7FH, 7FH, 04H, 01H, ll, mm, F7H • This message allows the volume of all channels to be changed simultaneously (Universal System Exclusive). • The values of “mm” is used for MIDI Master Tuning. (Values for “ll” are ignored.) <MIDI Master Tuning> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 27H, 30H, 00H, 00H, mm, ll, cc, F7H • This message simultaneously changes the tuning value of all channels. • The values of “mm” and “ll” are used for MIDI Master Tuning. • The default value of “mm” and “ll” are 08H and 00H, respectively. Any values can be used for “n” and “cc.” <Reverb Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 00H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : Reverb Type MSB • ll : Reverb Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 101) for details. <Chorus Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 20H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : Chorus Type MSB • ll : Chorus Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 101) for details. <DSP Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 40H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : DSP Type MSB • ll : DSP Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 101) for details. <DRY Level> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 08H, 0mH, 11H, llH, F7H • ll : Dry Level • 0m : Channel Number *4 When the accompaniment is started, an FAH message is transmitted. When accompaniment is stopped, an FCH message is transmitted.When the clock is set to External, both FAH (accompaniment start) and FCH (accompaniment stop) are recognized. *5 Local ON/OFF <Local ON> Bn, 7A, 7F <Local OFF> Bn, 7A, 00 Value for “n” is ignored. 100 ■ Effect map * If the received value does not contain an effect type in the TYPE LSB, the LSB will be directed to TYPE 0. * The numbers in parentheses in front of the Effect Type names correspond to the number indicated in the display. * By using an external sequencer, which is capable of editing and transmitting the system exclusive messages and parameter changes, you can select the Reverb, Chorus and DSP effect types which are not accessible from the EZ-30 panel itself. When one of the effects is selected by the external sequencer, “ - ” will be shown on the display. ●REVERB TYPE MSB 000 001 002 003 004 005...127 00 No Effect (1)Hall1 Room Stage Plate No Effect 01 02 08 TYPE LSB 16 (5)Stage1 (7)Plate1 17 18 (2)Hall2 (3)Room1 (6)Stage2 (8)Plate2 19 20 (4)Room2 ●CHORUS TYPE MSB 000...064 065 066 067 068...127 TYPE LSB 00 No Effect Chorus Celeste Flanger No Effect 01 00 No Effect (1)Hall1 Room Stage Plate Delay L,C,R 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20 18 19 20 Chorus2 Chorus1 Flanger2 Flanger1 ●DSP TYPE MSB 000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012...019 020 021...064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079...127 02 08 TYPE LSB 16 (5)Stage1 (7)Plate1 (26)Delay L,C,R (27)Delay L,R (28)Echo (29)Cross Delay (9)Early (10)Early Reflection1 Reflection2 (11)Gate Reverb (12)Reverse Gate No Effect (30)Karaoke No Effect Chorus (14)Chorus2 Celeste Flanger Symphonic Rotary Speaker Tremolo Auto Pan (18)Phaser Distortion (33)Overdrive (34)Amp Simulation (36)3Band EQ (37)2Band EQ Auto Wah No Effect 17 (2)Hall2 (3)Room1 (6)Stage2 (8)Plate2 (4)Room2 (13)Chorus1 (15)Flanger1 (16)Flanger2 (17)Symphonic (19)Rotary Speaker1 (21)Tremolo1 (24)Auto Pan (31)Distortion Hard (20)Rotary Speaker2 (22)Tremolo2 (23)Guitar Tremolo (32)Distortion Soft (35)EQ Telephone (25)Auto Wah 101 Specifications Keyboards • 61 standard-size keys (C1– C6), with Touch Response and Light Guide Display • Large multi-function LCD display (backlit) Setup • STANDBY/ON • MASTER VOLUME : MIN - MAX Panel Controls • OVERALL (L, R), SONG, VOICE, STYLE, PORTABLE GRAND, METRONOME, ABC/ DoReMi, [0]–[9], [+](YES), [–](NO), DEMO, TOUCH, HARMONY, Dict., L, R, TEMPO/TAP Voice • 610 voices (including 480 Expanded voices) • Polyphony : 32 Auto Accompaniment • 106 styles • Accompaniment Control : ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC STOP, SYNC START, START/STOP, INTRO/ ENDING, MAIN A/ B(AUTO FILL) • Fingering : Multi fingering • Accompaniment Volume Yamaha Educational Suite • Dictionary • Lesson 1–3 One Touch Setting • Voice (for each style or song) Overall controls • Octave • Transpose • Tuning • Accompaniment Volume • Song Volume • Metronome Volume • MIDI • Light • ABC/DoReMi • Reverb • DSP • Harmony • Grade • Talking Effects • Reverb : 8 types • DSP : 37 types • Harmony : 26 types Song • 100 Songs + 5 User Songs + max. 99 Flash Songs (Up to 488 KB) • Song Clear, Track Clear Recording • Song User Song : 5 Songs Real Time Recording Recording Tracks : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, CHORD • Flash Memory Flash Song : max. 99 Songs Memory size: 488 KB MIDI • Initial Send • Local Control • Bulk Dump Auxiliary jacks • PHONES/OUTPUT, DC IN 10-12V, MIDI IN/OUT, SUSTAIN Amplifier • 6 W + 6 W (When using PA-5C power adaptor) • 4 W + 4 W (When using batteries) Speakers • 12 cm x 2 + 3 cm x 2 Power Supply • Adaptor : Yamaha PA-5C AC power adaptor • Batteries : Six “D” size, R20P(LR20) or equivalent batteries Power Consumption • 20 W (when using PA-5C power adaptor) Dimensions (W x D x H) • 933 x 370 x 129 mm Weight • 6.2 kg Supplied Accessories • Music Stand • Owner’s Manual • Song Book Optional Accessories • Headphones : HPE-150 • AC power adaptor : PA-5C • Footswitch : FC4, FC5 • Keyboard stand : L-2L, L2C * Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify products or specifications at any time without prior notice. Since specifications, equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please check with your Yamaha dealer. 102 Index Misc. H S +/– buttons.......................... 23 Harmony .............................50 Harmony types ....................97 Headphones ..........................9 sections (accompaniment)... 62 Single Finger chords............ 55 Song Clear .......................... 69 Song Filer............................ 71 SONG MEMORY ................ 66 song recording .................... 66 Song Volume ...................... 32 songs, recording.................. 66 songs, selecting and playing 28 Specifications.................... 102 Split Point ........................... 44 styles, selecting ................... 51 SUSTAIN .............................. 9 Sync Start ............................ 52 Sync Stop ............................ 52 A ABC/DoReMi ...................... 43 AC Power adaptor................. 8 accompaniment sections..... 62 Accompaniment Volume .... 61 Auto Accompaniment ......... 51 auxiliary jacks....................... 9 B Bank ................................... 64 Batteries................................ 8 Beat indicators .................... 27 Bulk Dump ......................... 80 C Chord Names...................... 56 Chord Type......................... 56 Chords, About..................... 59 Chords, Fingered................. 56 Chords, Single Finger .......... 55 D DEMO button ..................... 28 Demo songs........................ 28 Dictionary........................... 58 Drum Kit List....................... 91 DSP .................................... 49 DSP types ........................... 96 E Effects ................................. 48 Ending ................................ 63 Expanded voices ................. 42 F Fill-in .................................. 62 Fingered chords .................. 56 Flash Clear.......................... 74 Flash memory ..................... 71 Flash songs ......................... 71 Footswitch ............................ 9 G GM System Level 1 ............. 76 Grade ................................. 37 I Initial Send ..........................81 Initialization ........................84 Intro ....................................62 L Lesson .................................34 Light Guide .........................32 Local Control.......................79 M Main A/B .............................62 Metronome..........................39 MIDI....................................75 MIDI channels.....................75 MIDI Implementation Chart.98 MIDI LSB Receive cancel ....77 MIDI terminals ....................77 Multi Fingering ....................55 Music Stand...........................9 N numeric keypad...................25 O Octave ................................73 One Touch Setting...............43 Overall buttons....................23 P PHONES/OUTPUT jack ........9 Portable Grand ....................39 T Talking................................ 38 Tap ..................................... 31 Tempo (song) ...................... 31 Tempo (style) ...................... 54 Time Signature .................... 40 TOUCH button ................... 47 Touch Sensitivity................. 47 track (song) ......................... 66 Track Clear ......................... 70 tracks, muting ..................... 29 Transpose ........................... 45 Troubleshooting.................. 83 Tuning ................................ 46 U User songs .......................... 66 V Voice List ............................ 85 voices, selecting and playing42 Q Quick Guide .......................12 R RECORD button ..................66 recording, song....................66 Registration Memory ...........64 Reverb.................................48 Reverb types........................96 Root ....................................59 103 Limited Warranty 90 DAYS LABOR 1 YEAR PARTS Yamaha Corporation of America, hereafter referred to as Yamaha, warrants to the original consumer of a product included in the categories listed below, that the product will be free of defects in materials and/or workmanship for the periods indicated. This warranty is applicable to all models included in the following series of products: PSR SERIES OF PORTATONE ELECTRONIC KEYBOARDS If during the first 90 days that immediately follows the purchase date, your new Yamaha product covered by this warranty is found to have a defect in material and/or workmanship, Yamaha and/or its authorized representative will repair such defect without charge for parts or labor. If parts should be required after this 90 day period but within the one year period that immediately follows the purchase date, Yamaha will, subject to the terms of this warranty, supply these parts without charge. However, charges for labor, and/or any miscellaneous expenses incurred are the consumers responsibility. Yamaha reserves the right to utilize reconditioned parts in repairing these products and/or to use reconditioned units as warranty replacements. THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY WHICH YAMAHA MAKES IN CONNECTION WITH THESE PRODUCTS. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. YAMAHA EXCLUDES AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY EVENT FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Some states do not allow limitations that relate to implied warranties and/or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages. Therefore, these limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state. CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITIES If warranty service should be required, it is necessary that the consumer assume certain responsibilities: 1. Contact the Customer Service Department of the retailer selling the product, or any retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product for assistance. You may also contact Yamaha directly at the address provided below. 2. Deliver the unit to be serviced under warranty to: the retailer selling the product, an authorized service center, or to Yamaha with an explanation of the problem. Please be prepared to provide proof purchase date (sales receipt, credit card copy, etc.) when requesting service and/or parts under warranty. 3. Shipping and/or insurance costs are the consumers responsibility.* Units shipped for service should be packed securely. *Repaired units will be returned PREPAID if warranty service is required within the first 90 days. IMPORTANT: Do NOT ship anything to ANY location without prior authorization. A Return Authorization (RA) will be issued that has a tracking number assigned that will expedite the servicing of your unit and provide a tracking system if needed. 4. Your owners manual contains important safety and operating instructions. It is your responsibility to be aware of the contents of this manual and to follow all safety precautions. EXCLUSIONS This warranty does not apply to units whose trade name, trademark, and/or ID numbers have been altered, defaced, exchanged removed, or to failures and/or damages that may occur as a result of: 1. Neglect, abuse, abnormal strain, modification or exposure to extremes in temperature or humidity. 2. Improper repair or maintenance by any person who is not a service representative of a retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product, an authorized service center, or an authorized service representative of Yamaha. 3. This warranty is applicable only to units sold by retailers authorized by Yamaha to sell these products in the U.S.A., the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. This warranty is not applicable in other possessions or territories of the U.S.A. or in any other country. Please record the model and serial number of the product you have purchased in the spaces provided below. Model___________________________ Serial #________________________________ #________________________________ Sales Slip Purchased from____________________________________________________________ Date______________________________________ (Retailer) YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA Electronic Service Division 6600 Orangethorpe Avenue Buena Park, CA 90620 KEEP THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS. DO NOT MAIL! For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha or the authorized distributor listed below. Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante. NORTH AMERICA CANADA Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. 135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario, M1S 3R1, Canada Tel: 416-298-1311 U.S.A. Yamaha Corporation of America 6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620, U.S.A. Tel: 714-522-9011 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA MEXICO Yamaha de Mexico S.A. De C.V., Departamento de ventas Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F. Tel: 686-00-33 BRAZIL Yamaha Musical do Brasil LTDA. Av. Rebouças 2636, São Paulo, Brasil Tel: 011-853-1377 ARGENTINA Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen Bestimmungsländern erhältlich. Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo. ASIA ITALY Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A. Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy Tel: 02-935-771 HONG KONG Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd. 11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel: 2737-7688 SPAIN/PORTUGAL Yamaha-Hazen Electronica Musical, S.A. Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230 Las Rozas (Madrid) Spain Tel: 91-201-0700 INDONESIA GREECE Philippe Nakas S.A. Navarinou Street 13, P.Code 10680, Athens, Greece Tel: 01-364-7111 SWEDEN PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES/ CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha de Panama S.A. Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella, Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia, Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá Tel: 507-269-5311 EUROPE THE UNITED KINGDOM Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd. Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes, MK7 8BL, England Tel: 01908-366700 IRELAND Danfay Ltd. 61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin Tel: 01-2859177 GERMANY/SWITZERLAND Yamaha Europa GmbH. Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, F.R. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030 AUSTRIA Yamaha Music Austria Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien Austria Tel: 01-60203900 THE NETHERLANDS Yamaha Music Nederland Kanaalweg 18G, 3526KL, Utrecht, The Netherlands Tel: 030-2828411 MALAYSIA Yamaha Music Malaysia, Sdn., Bhd. Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya, Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Tel: 3-703-0900 DENMARK YS Copenhagen Liaison Office Generatorvej 8B DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark Tel: 44 92 49 00 PHILIPPINES Yupangco Music Corporation 339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO, Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines Tel: 819-7551 BELGIUM Yamaha Music Belgium Keiberg Imperiastraat 8, 1930 Zaventem, Belgium Tel: 02-7258220 FRANCE F-Musiikki Oy Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260, SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland Tel: 09 618511 SINGAPORE Yamaha Music Asia Pte., Ltd. 11 Ubi Road #06-00, Meiban Industrial Building, Singapore Tel: 65-747-4374 NORWAY Norsk filial av Yamaha Scandinavia AB Grini Næringspark 1 N-1345 Østerås, Norway Tel: 67 16 77 70 TAIWAN Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd. 10F, 150, Tun-Hwa Northroad, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. Tel: 02-2713-8999 ICELAND Skifan HF Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120 IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland Tel: 525 5000 THAILAND Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd. 121/60-61 RS Tower 17th Floor, Ratchadaphisek RD., Dindaeng, Bangkok 10320, Thailand Tel: 02-641-2951 OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Europa GmbH. Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, F.R. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES AFRICA Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: 053-460-2312 MIDDLE EAST TURKEY/CYPRUS Yamaha Europa GmbH. Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, F.R. of Germany Tel: 04101-3030 OTHER COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Gulf FZE LB21-128 Jebel Ali Freezone P.O.Box 17328, Dubai, U.A.E. Tel: 971-4-881-5868 KOREA Cosmos Corporation 1461-9, Seocho Dong, Seocho Gu, Seoul, Korea Tel: 02-3486-0011 Yamaha Scandinavia AB J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1 Box 30053 S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden Tel: 031 89 34 00 FINLAND Yamaha Music Argentina S.A. Viamonte 1145 Piso2-B 1053, Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel: 1-4371-7021 PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor) PT. Nusantik Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia Tel: 21-520-2577 Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: 053-460-2317 OCEANIA AUSTRALIA Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd. Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank, Victoria 3006, Australia Tel: 3-9693-5111 NEW ZEALAND Music Houses of N.Z. Ltd. 146/148 Captain Springs Road, Te Papapa, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 9-634-0099 COUNTRIES AND TRUST TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: 053-460-2312 Yamaha Musique France, Division Claviers BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vallée Cedex 2, France Tel: 01-64-61-4000 HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation, Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: 053-460-3273 [PK] 21 Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page, English only) http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/ Yamaha Manual Library (English versions only) http://www2.yamaha.co.jp/manual/english/ M.D.G., PA・DMI Division, Yamaha Corporation © 2001 Yamaha Corporation V＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊AP＊＊＊.＊-01A0 Printed in China